BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

253
BSC6900 UMTS V900R012C01 Hardware Description Issue 03 Date 2010-07-30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Transcript of BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Page 1: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

BSC6900 UMTSV900R012C01

Hardware Description

Issue 03

Date 2010-07-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Page 2: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)
Page 3: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior writtenconsent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. NoticeThe purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and thecustomer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representationsof any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in thepreparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, andrecommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, LonggangShenzhen 518129People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Page 4: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)
Page 5: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

About This Document

OverviewThis document describes the hardware components of the BSC6900. It provides the users witha detailed and comprehensive reference to the BSC6900.

Product VersionThe following table lists the product version related to this document.

Product Name Product Version

BSC6900 V900R012C01

Intended AudienceThis document is intended for:

l Installersl Site operators

Organization1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

This chapter describes the changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description.

2 Physical Structure

The BSC6900 hardware consists of the cabinet, cables, GPS antenna system, and LMT.

3 Cabinet

The cabinet is the main component of the BSC6900 system. The BSC6900 uses the HuaweiN68E-22 cabinet or the Huawei N68E-21-N cabinet.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description About This Document

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

Page 6: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

4 Components of the Cabinet

Components of the cabinet involve the power distribution box, air defence subrack, rear cabletrough, subrack, independent fan subrack, rack.

5 Subracks

This chapter describes subracks. Subracks are used to house boards and backplanes to form anindependent unit.

6 Boards

This chapter describes the boards supported by the BSC6900.

7 Cables

This chapter describes all the cables used inside and outside the BSC6900 cabinet.

8 LEDs on the Boards

This chapter describes the LEDs on the BSC6900 boards.

9 DIP Switches on Components

This chapter describes the DIP switches on the boards and subracks of the BSC6900.

ConventionsSymbol Conventions

The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if notavoided,will result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, whichif not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if notavoided,could result in equipment damage, data loss,performance degradation, or unexpected results.

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or savetime.

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplementimportant points of the main text.

General Conventions

The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

About This DocumentBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

iv Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 7: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are inboldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic Book titles are in italics.

Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are inCourier New.

Command Conventions

The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated byvertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated byvertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated byvertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of allitems can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated byvertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions

The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titlesare in boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations

The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description About This Document

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

Page 8: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Format Description

Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A meansthe two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations

The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without movingthe pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously andquickly without moving the pointer.

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move thepointer to a certain position.

About This DocumentBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

vi Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 9: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Contents

About This Document...................................................................................................................iii

1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description....................................................1-1

2 Physical Structure.......................................................................................................................2-1

3 Cabinet.........................................................................................................................................3-13.1 Appearance of the Cabinet..............................................................................................................................3-23.2 Classification of Cabinets................................................................................................................................3-43.3 Components of the Cabinet.............................................................................................................................3-53.4 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet..........................................................................................................3-63.5 Cable Connections of the Cabinet...................................................................................................................3-7

3.5.1 Relation Between Power Outputs and Cabinet Components.................................................................3-83.5.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the Cabinet........................................................3-103.5.3 Distribution of Signal Cables for the MPR..........................................................................................3-143.5.4 Distribution of Signal Cables for the EPR...........................................................................................3-20

4 Components of the Cabinet.....................................................................................................4-14.1 Power Distribution Box...................................................................................................................................4-2

4.1.1 Front Panel of the Power Distribution Box............................................................................................4-24.1.2 Rear Panel of the Power Distribution Box.............................................................................................4-34.1.3 Technical Specifications of the Power Distribution Box.......................................................................4-44.1.4 Distribution of Power Switches on the Power Distribution Box...........................................................4-5

4.2 Air Defence Subrack.......................................................................................................................................4-64.3 Rear Cable Trough..........................................................................................................................................4-64.4 Independent Fan Subrack................................................................................................................................4-7

4.4.1 Appearance of the Independent Fan Subrack.........................................................................................4-74.4.2 Technical Specifications of the Independent Fan Subrack....................................................................4-8

5 Subracks.......................................................................................................................................5-15.1 Classification of Subracks...............................................................................................................................5-25.2 Components of the Subrack............................................................................................................................5-25.3 Fan Box...........................................................................................................................................................5-4

5.3.1 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board).........................................................................................5-45.3.2 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCB Board).........................................................................................5-7

5.4 Slots in the Subrack.........................................................................................................................................5-9

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description Contents

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

Page 10: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

5.5 DIP Switch on the Subrack...........................................................................................................................5-105.6 Configuration of the Subrack........................................................................................................................5-11

5.6.1 Configuration of the MPS....................................................................................................................5-125.6.2 Configuration of the EPS.....................................................................................................................5-12

5.7 Technical Specifications of the Subrack.......................................................................................................5-13

6 Boards...........................................................................................................................................6-16.1 AEUa Board....................................................................................................................................................6-6

6.1.1 Functions of the AEUa Board................................................................................................................6-66.1.2 Panel of the AEUa Board.......................................................................................................................6-66.1.3 LEDs on the AEUa Board......................................................................................................................6-76.1.4 Ports on the AEUa Board.......................................................................................................................6-86.1.5 DIP Switches on the AEUa Board.........................................................................................................6-86.1.6 Technical Specifications of the AEUa Board.......................................................................................6-11

6.2 AOUa Board..................................................................................................................................................6-126.2.1 Functions of the AOUa Board..............................................................................................................6-136.2.2 Panel of the AOUa Board.....................................................................................................................6-136.2.3 LEDs on the AOUa Board...................................................................................................................6-146.2.4 Ports on the AOUa Board.....................................................................................................................6-156.2.5 DIP Switches on the AOUa Board.......................................................................................................6-156.2.6 Technical Specifications of the AOUa Board......................................................................................6-17

6.3 AOUc Board..................................................................................................................................................6-196.3.1 Functions of the AOUc Board..............................................................................................................6-206.3.2 Panel of the AOUc Board.....................................................................................................................6-206.3.3 LEDs on the AOUc Board...................................................................................................................6-216.3.4 Ports on the AOUc Board.....................................................................................................................6-226.3.5 Technical Specifications of the AOUc Board......................................................................................6-22

6.4 DPUb Board..................................................................................................................................................6-256.4.1 Functions of the DPUb Board..............................................................................................................6-256.4.2 Panel of the DPUb Board.....................................................................................................................6-266.4.3 LEDs on the DPUb Board....................................................................................................................6-276.4.4 Technical Specifications of the DPUb Board.......................................................................................6-27

6.5 DPUe Board..................................................................................................................................................6-286.5.1 Functions of the DPUe Board..............................................................................................................6-286.5.2 Panel of the DPUe Board.....................................................................................................................6-296.5.3 LEDs on the DPUe Board....................................................................................................................6-306.5.4 Technical Specifications of the DPUe Board.......................................................................................6-30

6.6 FG2a Board...................................................................................................................................................6-316.6.1 Functions of the FG2a Board...............................................................................................................6-316.6.2 Panel of the FG2a Board......................................................................................................................6-326.6.3 LEDs on the FG2a Board.....................................................................................................................6-336.6.4 Ports on the FG2a Board......................................................................................................................6-336.6.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2a Board........................................................................................6-34

ContentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

viii Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 11: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.7 FG2c Board...................................................................................................................................................6-356.7.1 Functions of the FG2c Board...............................................................................................................6-366.7.2 Panel of the FG2c Board......................................................................................................................6-366.7.3 LEDs on the FG2c Board.....................................................................................................................6-376.7.4 Ports on the FG2c Board......................................................................................................................6-386.7.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2c Board........................................................................................6-38

6.8 GCUa/GCGa Board.......................................................................................................................................6-406.8.1 Functions of the GCUa/GCGa Board...................................................................................................6-406.8.2 Panel of the GCUa/GCGa Board.........................................................................................................6-416.8.3 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa Board........................................................................................................6-416.8.4 Ports on the GCUa/GCGa Board.........................................................................................................6-426.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GCUa/GCGa Board...........................................................................6-43

6.9 GOUa Board..................................................................................................................................................6-436.9.1 Functions of the GOUa Board..............................................................................................................6-446.9.2 Panel of the GOUa Board.....................................................................................................................6-446.9.3 LEDs on the GOUa Board...................................................................................................................6-456.9.4 Ports on the GOUa Board.....................................................................................................................6-456.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUa Board......................................................................................6-45

6.10 GOUc Board................................................................................................................................................6-486.10.1 Functions of the GOUc Board............................................................................................................6-486.10.2 Panel of the GOUc Board...................................................................................................................6-486.10.3 LEDs on the GOUc Board.................................................................................................................6-496.10.4 Ports on the GOUc Board...................................................................................................................6-506.10.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUc Board....................................................................................6-50

6.11 OMUa Board...............................................................................................................................................6-526.11.1 Functions of the OMUa Board...........................................................................................................6-536.11.2 Panel of the OMUa Board..................................................................................................................6-536.11.3 LEDs on the OMUa Board.................................................................................................................6-556.11.4 Ports on the OMUa Board..................................................................................................................6-566.11.5 Technical Specifications of the OMUa Board...................................................................................6-56

6.12 PAMU Board...............................................................................................................................................6-576.12.1 Functions of the PAMU Board...........................................................................................................6-586.12.2 Panel of the PAMU Board.................................................................................................................6-586.12.3 LEDs on the PAMU Board................................................................................................................6-596.12.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU Board.......................................................................................................6-596.12.5 Technical Specifications of the PAMU Board...................................................................................6-60

6.13 PEUa Board.................................................................................................................................................6-606.13.1 Functions of the PEUa Board.............................................................................................................6-616.13.2 Panel of the PEUa Board....................................................................................................................6-616.13.3 LEDs on the PEUa Board...................................................................................................................6-626.13.4 Ports on the PEUa Board....................................................................................................................6-636.13.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa Board......................................................................................................6-63

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description Contents

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

Page 12: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.13.6 Technical Specifications of the PEUa Board.....................................................................................6-666.14 PFCU Board................................................................................................................................................6-67

6.14.1 Functions of the PFCU Board............................................................................................................6-686.14.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU Board.........................................................................................................6-686.14.3 Technical Specifications of the PFCU Board....................................................................................6-70

6.15 PFCB Board................................................................................................................................................6-706.15.1 Functions of the PFCB Board............................................................................................................6-706.15.2 Pins on the PFCB Board.....................................................................................................................6-716.15.3 Technical Specifications of the PFCU Board....................................................................................6-72

6.16 POUa Board................................................................................................................................................6-726.16.1 Functions of the POUa Board............................................................................................................6-736.16.2 Panel of the POUa Board...................................................................................................................6-736.16.3 LEDs on the POUa Board..................................................................................................................6-746.16.4 Ports on the POUa Board...................................................................................................................6-756.16.5 DIP Switches on the POUa Board......................................................................................................6-756.16.6 Technical Specifications of the POUa Board.....................................................................................6-78

6.17 POUc Board................................................................................................................................................6-796.17.1 Functions of the POUc Board............................................................................................................6-806.17.2 Panel of the POUc Board...................................................................................................................6-806.17.3 LEDs on the POUc Board..................................................................................................................6-816.17.4 Ports on the POUc Board...................................................................................................................6-826.17.5 Technical Specifications of the POUc Board.....................................................................................6-82

6.18 SCUa Board.................................................................................................................................................6-846.18.1 Functions of the SCUa Board.............................................................................................................6-856.18.2 Panel of the SCUa Board...................................................................................................................6-856.18.3 LEDs on the SCUa Board..................................................................................................................6-866.18.4 Ports on the SCUa Board...................................................................................................................6-876.18.5 Technical Specifications of the SCUa Board.....................................................................................6-88

6.19 SPUa Board.................................................................................................................................................6-886.19.1 Functions of the SPUa Board.............................................................................................................6-896.19.2 Panel of the SPUa Board....................................................................................................................6-906.19.3 LEDs on the SPUa Board...................................................................................................................6-916.19.4 Ports on the SPUa Board....................................................................................................................6-926.19.5 Technical Specifications of the SPUa Board.....................................................................................6-92

6.20 SPUb Board.................................................................................................................................................6-936.20.1 Functions of the SPUb Board.............................................................................................................6-946.20.2 Panel of the SPUb Board....................................................................................................................6-956.20.3 LEDs on the SPUb Board...................................................................................................................6-966.20.4 Ports on the SPUb Board....................................................................................................................6-966.20.5 Technical Specifications of the SPUb Board.....................................................................................6-97

6.21 UOIa Board.................................................................................................................................................6-976.21.1 Functions of the UOIa Board.............................................................................................................6-98

ContentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

x Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 13: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.21.2 Panel of the UOIa Board....................................................................................................................6-986.21.3 LEDs on the UOIa Board...................................................................................................................6-996.21.4 Ports on the UOIa Board..................................................................................................................6-1006.21.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIa Board....................................................................................6-100

6.22 UOIc Board...............................................................................................................................................6-1036.22.1 Functions of the UOIc Board...........................................................................................................6-1046.22.2 Panel of the UOIc Board..................................................................................................................6-1046.22.3 LEDs on the UOIc Board.................................................................................................................6-1056.22.4 Ports on the UOIc Board..................................................................................................................6-1066.22.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIc Board....................................................................................6-106

7 Cables...........................................................................................................................................7-17.1 Power Cables...................................................................................................................................................7-37.2 PGND Cables..................................................................................................................................................7-67.3 Optical Cable...................................................................................................................................................7-87.4 75-ohm Coaxial Cable.....................................................................................................................................7-97.5 Active/Standby 75-ohm Coaxial Cable.........................................................................................................7-117.6 120-ohm Twisted Pair Cable.........................................................................................................................7-157.7 Active/Standby 120-ohm Twisted Pair Cable...............................................................................................7-177.8 BITS Clock Cable.........................................................................................................................................7-207.9 Y-Shaped Clock Cable..................................................................................................................................7-227.10 Line Clock Signal Cable.............................................................................................................................7-237.11 Straight-Through Cable...............................................................................................................................7-247.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan Subrack........................................................................7-267.13 Alarm Box Signal Cable.............................................................................................................................7-287.14 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution Box..........................................................................7-297.15 GPS Signal Transmission Cable.................................................................................................................7-317.16 OMU serial port cable.................................................................................................................................7-317.17 EMU RS485 Communication Cable...........................................................................................................7-32

8 LEDs on the Boards....................................................................................................................8-18.1 LEDs on the AEUa Board...............................................................................................................................8-38.2 LEDs on the AOUa Board.............................................................................................................................. 8-38.3 LEDs on the AOUc Board.............................................................................................................................. 8-48.4 LEDs on the DPUb Board...............................................................................................................................8-48.5 LEDs on the DPUe Board...............................................................................................................................8-58.6 LEDs on the FG2a Board................................................................................................................................8-68.7 LEDs on the FG2c Board................................................................................................................................8-68.8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa Board................................................................................................................... 8-78.9 LEDs on the GOUa Board.............................................................................................................................. 8-88.10 LEDs on the GOUc Board............................................................................................................................ 8-88.11 LEDs on the OMUa Board............................................................................................................................8-98.12 LEDs on the PAMU Board.........................................................................................................................8-108.13 LEDs on the PEUa Board............................................................................................................................8-11

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description Contents

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xi

Page 14: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

8.14 LEDs on the POUa Board...........................................................................................................................8-118.15 LEDs on the POUc Board...........................................................................................................................8-128.16 LEDs on the SCUa Board...........................................................................................................................8-128.17 LEDs on the SPUa Board............................................................................................................................8-138.18 LEDs on the SPUb Board............................................................................................................................8-148.19 LEDs on the UOIa Board............................................................................................................................8-158.20 LEDs on the UOIc Board............................................................................................................................8-15

9 DIP Switches on Components.................................................................................................9-19.1 DIP Switch on the Subrack.............................................................................................................................9-29.2 DIP Switches on the AEUa Board..................................................................................................................9-39.3 DIP Switches on the AOUa Board..................................................................................................................9-69.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU Board....................................................................................................................9-89.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa Board...................................................................................................................9-99.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU Board....................................................................................................................9-129.7 Pins on the PFCB Board................................................................................................................................9-149.8 DIP Switches on the POUa Board.................................................................................................................9-15

ContentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

xii Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 15: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figures

Figure 2-1 BSC6900 physical structure...............................................................................................................2-1Figure 3-1 Single-door N68E-22 cabinet.............................................................................................................3-2Figure 3-2 Double-door N68E-22 cabinet............................................................................................................3-3Figure 3-3 N68E-21-N cabinet.............................................................................................................................3-4Figure 3-4 Components of the cabinet (N68E-22 model)....................................................................................3-5Figure 3-5 Working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR........................................................3-8Figure 3-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the N68E-22 cabinet .......................................3-11Figure 3-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the N68E-21-N cabinet ...................................3-13Figure 3-8 Connections of signal cables for the MPR ......................................................................................3-15Figure 3-9 Connections of signal cables for the EPR .......................................................................................3-22Figure 4-1 Front panel of the power distribution box..........................................................................................4-2Figure 4-2 Rear panel of the power distribution box (WP1E01DPD).................................................................4-4Figure 4-3 Relation between the power switches and components in the MPR..................................................4-5Figure 4-4 Air defence subrack............................................................................................................................4-6Figure 4-5 Rear cable trough................................................................................................................................4-7Figure 4-6 Front view of the independent fan subrack.........................................................................................4-7Figure 4-7 Rear view of the independent fan subrack..........................................................................................4-8Figure 5-1 Construction of the subrack................................................................................................................5-3Figure 5-2 Fan box (configured with the PFCU board).......................................................................................5-5Figure 5-3 Fan box (configured with the PFCB board).......................................................................................5-7Figure 5-4 Structure of the subrack......................................................................................................................5-9Figure 5-5 Cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack.................................................................................5-10Figure 5-6 MPS in full configuration.................................................................................................................5-12Figure 5-7 EPS in full configuration..................................................................................................................5-13Figure 6-1 Panel of the AEUa board....................................................................................................................6-7Figure 6-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board.................................................................................6-9Figure 6-3 Panel of the AOUa board..................................................................................................................6-14Figure 6-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board..............................................................................6-16Figure 6-5 Panel of the AOUc board..................................................................................................................6-21Figure 6-6 Panel of the DPUb board..................................................................................................................6-26Figure 6-7 Panel of the DPUe board..................................................................................................................6-29Figure 6-8 Panel of the FG2a board...................................................................................................................6-32Figure 6-9 Panel of the FG2c board...................................................................................................................6-37

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description Figures

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiii

Page 16: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-10 Panel of the GCUa/GCGa board....................................................................................................6-41Figure 6-11 Panel of the GOUa board................................................................................................................6-44Figure 6-12 Panel of the GOUc board................................................................................................................6-49Figure 6-13 Panel of the OMUa board...............................................................................................................6-54Figure 6-14 Panel of the PAMU board.............................................................................................................. 6-58Figure 6-15 Layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board..............................................................................6-59Figure 6-16 Panel of the PEUa board.................................................................................................................6-62Figure 6-17 Layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board.............................................................................6-64Figure 6-18 DIP switch on the PFCU board...................................................................................................... 6-68Figure 6-19 DIP switch on the PFCU board...................................................................................................... 6-69Figure 6-20 Pins on the PFCB board..................................................................................................................6-71Figure 6-21 Pins on the PFCB board..................................................................................................................6-71Figure 6-22 Panel of the POUa board................................................................................................................6-74Figure 6-23 Layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board.............................................................................6-76Figure 6-24 Panel of the POUc board................................................................................................................6-81Figure 6-25 Panel of the SCUa board................................................................................................................ 6-86Figure 6-26 Panel of the SPUa board.................................................................................................................6-91Figure 6-27 Panel of the SPUb board.................................................................................................................6-95Figure 6-28 Panel of the UOIa board.................................................................................................................6-99Figure 6-29 Panel of the UOIc board...............................................................................................................6-105Figure 7-1 Internal power cable for subracks.......................................................................................................7-5Figure 7-2 Internal power cable for the independent fan subrack........................................................................7-5Figure 7-3 External power cable for the N68E-22 cabinet...................................................................................7-5Figure 7-4 External power cable for the N68E-21-N cabinet..............................................................................7-6Figure 7-5 PGND cable for the independent fan subrack....................................................................................7-7Figure 7-6 Other PGND cables............................................................................................................................7-7Figure 7-7 Installation positions of the optical cable...........................................................................................7-9Figure 7-8 75-ohm coaxial cable........................................................................................................................7-10Figure 7-9 Active/Standby 75-ohm coaxial cable..............................................................................................7-12Figure 7-10 Installation positions of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables ...............................................7-14Figure 7-11 120-ohm twisted pair cable.............................................................................................................7-15Figure 7-12 Active/Standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable...................................................................................7-17Figure 7-13 Installation positions of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables...................................... 7-20Figure 7-14 75-ohm coaxial clock cable............................................................................................................7-20Figure 7-15 120-ohm clock conversion cable....................................................................................................7-21Figure 7-16 Installation positions of the BITS clock signal cables....................................................................7-21Figure 7-17 Y-shaped clock cable......................................................................................................................7-22Figure 7-18 Installation positions of the Y-shaped clock cables........................................................................7-23Figure 7-19 Line clock signal cable...................................................................................................................7-23Figure 7-20 Shielded straight-through cable......................................................................................................7-24Figure 7-21 Unshielded straight-through cable..................................................................................................7-25Figure 7-22 Installation positions of the unshielded straight-through cables between the SCUa boards in differentsubracks...............................................................................................................................................................7-26

FiguresBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

xiv Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 17: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-23 Monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack..............................................................7-26Figure 7-24 Alarm box signal cable...................................................................................................................7-28Figure 7-25 Connection of the alarm box signal cable.......................................................................................7-29Figure 7-26 Monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box.................................................................7-29Figure 7-27 Installation position of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box......................7-30Figure 7-28 GPS signal transmission cable........................................................................................................7-31Figure 7-29 OMU serial port cable....................................................................................................................7-31Figure 7-30 RS485 communication cable..........................................................................................................7-32Figure 9-1 Cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack...................................................................................9-2Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board.................................................................................9-4Figure 9-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board................................................................................9-7Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board..................................................................................9-8Figure 9-5 Layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board...............................................................................9-10Figure 9-6 DIP switch on the PFCU board........................................................................................................9-13Figure 9-7 DIP switch on the PFCU board........................................................................................................9-13Figure 9-8 Pins on the PFCB board....................................................................................................................9-14Figure 9-9 Pins on the PFCB board....................................................................................................................9-15Figure 9-10 Layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board.............................................................................9-16

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description Figures

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xv

Page 18: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)
Page 19: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Tables

Table 2-1 Components of the BSC6900...............................................................................................................2-2Table 3-1 Configuration of the cabinet.................................................................................................................3-6Table 3-2 Technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-22).............................................................3-6Table 3-3 Technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-21-N).........................................................3-7Table 3-4 Working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR.........................................................3-9Table 3-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 cabinet.........................................3-12Table 3-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 cabinet.........................................3-14Table 3-7 Connections of signal cables for the MPR.........................................................................................3-16Table 3-8 Connections of signal cables for the EPR..........................................................................................3-23Table 4-1 LEDs on the front panel of the power distribution box.......................................................................4-3Table 4-2 Technical specifications of the power distribution box (WP1E01DPD).............................................4-4Table 4-3 Relation between the power switches and components in the MPR....................................................4-6Table 4-4 Technical specifications of the independent fan subrack.....................................................................4-8Table 5-1 Components of the subrack..................................................................................................................5-4Table 5-2 LED on the fan box (configured with the PFCU board)......................................................................5-5Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (configured with the PFCU board)........................................5-6Table 5-4 LED on the fan box (configured with the PFCB board)......................................................................5-8Table 5-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (configured with the PFCB board)........................................5-9Table 5-6 Description about the bits...................................................................................................................5-11Table 5-7 Setting of the DIP switch...................................................................................................................5-11Table 5-8 Technical specifications of the subrack.............................................................................................5-13Table 6-1 Classification of the BSC6900 boards.................................................................................................6-1Table 6-2 LEDs on the AEUa board....................................................................................................................6-7Table 6-3 Ports on the AEUa board......................................................................................................................6-8Table 6-4 Description of the DIP switches on the AEUa board.........................................................................6-10Table 6-5 Hardware specifications of the AEUa board......................................................................................6-11Table 6-6 Specifications of the board processing capability..............................................................................6-12Table 6-7 LEDs on the AOUa board..................................................................................................................6-14Table 6-8 Ports on the AOUa board...................................................................................................................6-15Table 6-9 Description of the DIP switches on the AOUa board........................................................................6-16Table 6-10 Hardware specifications of the AOUa board...................................................................................6-17Table 6-11 Specifications for the board processing capability...........................................................................6-18Table 6-12 Specifications of the optical ports on the AOUa board....................................................................6-18

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description Tables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xvii

Page 20: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-13 LEDs on the AOUc board................................................................................................................6-21Table 6-14 Ports on the AOUc board.................................................................................................................6-22Table 6-15 Hardware specifications of the AOUc board...................................................................................6-23Table 6-16 Specifications of the board processing capability............................................................................6-23Table 6-17 Specifications of the optical ports on the AOUc board....................................................................6-24Table 6-18 LEDs on the DPUb board................................................................................................................6-27Table 6-19 Technical specifications of the DPUb board....................................................................................6-27Table 6-20 LEDs on the DPUe board.................................................................................................................6-30Table 6-21 Technical specifications of the DPUe board....................................................................................6-30Table 6-22 LEDs on the FG2a board..................................................................................................................6-33Table 6-23 Ports on the FG2a board...................................................................................................................6-34Table 6-24 Hardware specifications of the FG2a board.....................................................................................6-34Table 6-25 Specifications of the board processing capability............................................................................6-34Table 6-26 LEDs on the FG2c board..................................................................................................................6-37Table 6-27 Ports on the FG2c board...................................................................................................................6-38Table 6-28 Hardware specifications of the FG2c board.....................................................................................6-39Table 6-29 Specifications of the board processing capability............................................................................6-39Table 6-30 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board.....................................................................................................6-42Table 6-31 Ports on the GCUa/GCGa board......................................................................................................6-42Table 6-32 Technical specifications of the GCUa/GCGa board........................................................................6-43Table 6-33 LEDs on the GOUa board................................................................................................................6-45Table 6-34 Ports on the GOUa board.................................................................................................................6-45Table 6-35 Hardware specifications of the GOUa board...................................................................................6-46Table 6-36 Specifications of the board processing capability............................................................................6-46Table 6-37 Specifications of the optical ports on the GOUa board....................................................................6-47Table 6-38 LEDs on the GOUc board................................................................................................................6-49Table 6-39 Ports on the GOUc board.................................................................................................................6-50Table 6-40 Hardware specifications of the GOUc board...................................................................................6-51Table 6-41 Specifications of the board processing capability............................................................................6-51Table 6-42 Specifications of the optical ports on the GOUc board....................................................................6-52Table 6-43 LEDs on the OMUa board...............................................................................................................6-55Table 6-44 Ports on the OMUa board................................................................................................................6-56Table 6-45 Hardware configuration indexes of the OMUa board......................................................................6-56Table 6-46 Performance counters of the OMUa board......................................................................................6-57Table 6-47 LEDs on the PAMU board...............................................................................................................6-59Table 6-48 DIP switch on the PAMU board......................................................................................................6-60Table 6-49 Technical specifications of the PAMU board..................................................................................6-60Table 6-50 LEDs on the PEUa board.................................................................................................................6-62Table 6-51 Ports on the PEUa board..................................................................................................................6-63Table 6-52 Description about DIP switches on the PEUa board........................................................................6-65Table 6-53 Hardware specifications of the PEUa board....................................................................................6-66Table 6-54 Specifications of the board processing capability............................................................................6-67

TablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

xviii Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 21: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-55 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in a fan box of the service subrack).............................................6-69Table 6-56 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in the independent fan subrack)...................................................6-69Table 6-57 Technical specifications of the PFCU board....................................................................................6-70Table 6-58 Pins on the PFCB board (in a fan box of the service subrack)........................................................ 6-71Table 6-59 Pins on the PFCB board (in the independent fan subrack).............................................................. 6-72Table 6-60 Technical specifications of the PFCB board....................................................................................6-72Table 6-61 LEDs on the POUa board.................................................................................................................6-74Table 6-62 Ports on the POUa board..................................................................................................................6-75Table 6-63 Description of the DIP switches on the POUa board.......................................................................6-77Table 6-64 Hardware specifications of the POUa board....................................................................................6-78Table 6-65 Specifications of the board processing capability............................................................................6-78Table 6-66 Specifications of the optical ports on the POUa board....................................................................6-79Table 6-67 LEDs on the POUc board.................................................................................................................6-81Table 6-68 Ports on the POUc board..................................................................................................................6-82Table 6-69 Hardware specifications of the POUc board....................................................................................6-82Table 6-70 Specifications of the board processing capability............................................................................6-83Table 6-71 Specifications of the optical ports on the POUc board....................................................................6-84Table 6-72 LEDs on the SCUa board.................................................................................................................6-86Table 6-73 Ports on the SCUa board..................................................................................................................6-87Table 6-74 Technical specifications of the SCUa board....................................................................................6-88Table 6-75 LEDs on the SPUa board................................................................................................................. 6-91Table 6-76 Ports on the SPUa board.................................................................................................................. 6-92Table 6-77 Technical specifications of the SPUa board.....................................................................................6-93Table 6-78 LEDs on the SPUb board.................................................................................................................6-96Table 6-79 Ports on the SPUb board..................................................................................................................6-96Table 6-80 Technical specifications of the SPUb board.................................................................................... 6-97Table 6-81 LEDs on the UOIa board..................................................................................................................6-99Table 6-82 Ports on the UOIa board.................................................................................................................6-100Table 6-83 Hardware specifications of the UOIa board...................................................................................6-100Table 6-84 Specifications of the processing capability of the UOIa board in ATM transmission mode.........6-101Table 6-85 Specifications of the processing capability of the UOIa board in IP transmission mode..............6-102Table 6-86 Specifications of the optical ports on the UOIa board...................................................................6-103Table 6-87 LEDs on the UOIc board................................................................................................................6-105Table 6-88 Ports on the UOIc board.................................................................................................................6-106Table 6-89 Hardware specifications of the UOIc board...................................................................................6-107Table 6-90 Specifications of the board processing capability..........................................................................6-107Table 6-91 Specifications of the optical ports on the UOIc board...................................................................6-108Table 7-1 External power cables for the N68E-21-N cabinet..............................................................................7-3Table 7-2 External power cables for the N68E-22 cabinet...................................................................................7-3Table 7-3 Internal power cables (1)......................................................................................................................7-4Table 7-4 Internal power cables (2)......................................................................................................................7-4Table 7-5 PGND cables........................................................................................................................................7-6

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description Tables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xix

Page 22: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 7-6 BSC6900 optical cables.......................................................................................................................7-8Table 7-7 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for the micro coaxial cables...............................................7-10Table 7-8 Bearers of the signals over the micro coaxial cable...........................................................................7-11Table 7-9 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for W3 and W4..................................................................7-12Table 7-10 Bearers of the signals over the micro coaxial cable.........................................................................7-13Table 7-11 Pin assignment of the connectors for W1 and W2...........................................................................7-13Table 7-12 Pin assignment of the DB44 connector for the 120-ohm twisted pair cable....................................7-16Table 7-13 Bearers of the signals over the twisted pair cable............................................................................7-16Table 7-14 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for W3 and W4................................................................7-18Table 7-15 Bearers of the signals over the twisted pair cable............................................................................7-18Table 7-16 Pin assignment of the connectors for W1 and W2...........................................................................7-19Table 7-17 Pins of the straight-through cable....................................................................................................7-25Table 7-18 Pins of the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack..............................................7-27Table 7-19 Signals..............................................................................................................................................7-27Table 7-20 Pins of the alarm box signal cable....................................................................................................7-28Table 7-21 Pins of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box.................................................7-29Table 7-22 Signals..............................................................................................................................................7-30Table 7-23 Pins of the OMU serial port cable....................................................................................................7-32Table 7-24 Pins of the RS485 communication cable.........................................................................................7-33Table 8-1 LEDs on the AEUa board....................................................................................................................8-3Table 8-2 LEDs on the AOUa board....................................................................................................................8-3Table 8-3 LEDs on the AOUc board....................................................................................................................8-4Table 8-4 LEDs on the DPUb board....................................................................................................................8-5Table 8-5 LEDs on the DPUe board.....................................................................................................................8-5Table 8-6 LEDs on the FG2a board......................................................................................................................8-6Table 8-7 LEDs on the FG2c board......................................................................................................................8-7Table 8-8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board.........................................................................................................8-7Table 8-9 LEDs on the GOUa board....................................................................................................................8-8Table 8-10 LEDs on the GOUc board..................................................................................................................8-9Table 8-11 LEDs on the OMUa board.................................................................................................................8-9Table 8-12 LEDs on the PAMU board...............................................................................................................8-10Table 8-13 LEDs on the PEUa board.................................................................................................................8-11Table 8-14 LEDs on the POUa board.................................................................................................................8-11Table 8-15 LEDs on the POUc board.................................................................................................................8-12Table 8-16 LEDs on the SCUa board.................................................................................................................8-13Table 8-17 LEDs on the SPUa board.................................................................................................................8-13Table 8-18 LEDs on the SPUb board.................................................................................................................8-14Table 8-19 LEDs on the UOIa board..................................................................................................................8-15Table 8-20 LEDs on the UOIc board..................................................................................................................8-16Table 9-1 Description about the bits.....................................................................................................................9-3Table 9-2 Setting of the DIP switch.....................................................................................................................9-3Table 9-3 Description of the DIP switches on the AEUa board...........................................................................9-5

TablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

xx Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 23: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 9-4 Description of the DIP switches on the AOUa board..........................................................................9-7Table 9-5 DIP switch on the PAMU board..........................................................................................................9-9Table 9-6 Description about DIP switches on the PEUa board..........................................................................9-11Table 9-7 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in a fan box of the service subrack)............................................... 9-13Table 9-8 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in the independent fan subrack).....................................................9-14Table 9-9 Pins on the PFCB board (in a fan box of the service subrack).......................................................... 9-14Table 9-10 Pins on the PFCB board (in the independent fan subrack).............................................................. 9-15Table 9-11 Description of the DIP switches on the POUa board.......................................................................9-17

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description Tables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xxi

Page 24: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)
Page 25: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS HardwareDescription

This chapter describes the changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description.

03 (2010-07-30)This is the third commercial release of V900R012C01.

Compared with issue 02 (2010-06-21), this issue does not include any new topics.

Compared with issue 02 (2010-06-21), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Content Description

6.19.5 Technical Specificationsof the SPUa Board

The information about the processing capability of themain control SPUa board and the non-main control SPUaboard is modified.

Compared with issue 02 (2010-06-21), this issue does not exclude any topics.

02 (2010-06-21)This is the second commercial release of V900R012C01.

Compared with issue 01 (2010-04-10), this issue includes the following new topics:

l 7.16 OMU serial port cable

Compared with issue 01 (2010-04-10), this issue does not incorporate any changes.

Compared with issue 01 (2010-04-10), this issue does not exclude any topics.

01 (2010-04-10)This is the first commercial release of V900R012C01.

Compared with issue 04 (2010-01-30) of V900R011C00, this issue does not include any newtopics.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1-1

Page 26: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Compared with issue 04 (2010-01-30) of V900R011C00, this issue incorporates the followingchanges:

Content Description

6.4 DPUb Board The description about the slots for the DPUb board ismodified.

6.5 DPUe Board The description about the slots for the DPUe board ismodified.

6.11 OMUa Board The description about the recommended slots for theOMUa board is modified.

Compared with issue 04 (2010-01-30) of V900R011C00, this issue does not exclude any topics.

1 Changes in the BSC6900 UMTS Hardware DescriptionBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

1-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 27: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

2 Physical Structure

The BSC6900 hardware consists of the cabinet, cables, GPS antenna system, and LMT.

Figure 2-1 shows the BSC6900 physical structure.

Figure 2-1 BSC6900 physical structure

(1) GPS: Global Positioning System (2) PDF: Power Distribution Frame (DC)

(3) LMT: Local Maintenance Terminal

Table 2-1 describes the components of the BSC6900.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 2 Physical Structure

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-1

Page 28: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 2-1 Components of the BSC6900

Component Description

Cabinet For details, see 3 Cabinet.

Cables For details, see 7 Cables.

GPS antenna system The GPS antenna system consists of the antenna, feeder, jumper,and surge protector.The GPS antenna system is used to receive GPS satellite signals. Itis optional.

LMT The LMT refers to the operation and maintenance (OM) terminalthat is installed with the Huawei Local Maintenance Terminalsoftware and is connected to the OM network of the BSC6900. TheLMT is used to operate and maintain the BSC6900.For details, see the BSC6900 UMTS LMT User Guide.

2 Physical StructureBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

2-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 29: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

3 Cabinet

About This Chapter

The cabinet is the main component of the BSC6900 system. The BSC6900 uses the HuaweiN68E-22 cabinet or the Huawei N68E-21-N cabinet.

3.1 Appearance of the CabinetThe N68E-22 cabinet is of two types, namely, the single-door cabinet and the double-doorcabinet. The N68E-21-N cabinet is a double-door cabinet.

3.2 Classification of CabinetsBased on functions, cabinets are classified into the main processing rack (MPR) and the extendedprocessing rack (EPR).

3.3 Components of the CabinetThe components of the BSC6900 cabinet are the power distribution box, subrack, air defencesubrack, independent fan subrack (configured in only the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet), cable rack,rack, and rear cable trough.

3.4 Technical Specifications of the CabinetThe technical specifications of the cabinet consist of cabinet dimensions, height of the availablespace, cabinet weight, rated input voltage, input voltage range, and ElectromagneticCompatibility (EMC).

3.5 Cable Connections of the CabinetThis section describes the connections of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables inthe cabinet.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-1

Page 30: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

3.1 Appearance of the CabinetThe N68E-22 cabinet is of two types, namely, the single-door cabinet and the double-doorcabinet. The N68E-21-N cabinet is a double-door cabinet.

Figure 3-1 shows the single-door N68E-22 cabinet. Figure 3-2 shows the double-door N68E-22cabinet.

Figure 3-3 shows the N68E-21-N cabinet.

Figure 3-1 Single-door N68E-22 cabinet

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 31: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 3-2 Double-door N68E-22 cabinet

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-3

Page 32: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 3-3 N68E-21-N cabinet

3.2 Classification of CabinetsBased on functions, cabinets are classified into the main processing rack (MPR) and the extendedprocessing rack (EPR).

MPROnly one MPR is configured in the BSC6900.

EPRThe number of EPRs to be configured depends on the traffic volume, but only one EPR can beconfigured in the BSC6900. You can also choose not to configure the EPR.

For details on the components of the MPR or the EPR, see 3.3 Components of the Cabinet.

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 33: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

3.3 Components of the CabinetThe components of the BSC6900 cabinet are the power distribution box, subrack, air defencesubrack, independent fan subrack (configured in only the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet), cable rack,rack, and rear cable trough.

Figure 3-4 shows the components of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-22 model).

Figure 3-4 Components of the cabinet (N68E-22 model)

(1) Air inlet (2) Independent fan subrack (3) Subrack

(4) Air defence subrack (5) Filler panel (6) Power distribution box

(7) Cable rack (8) Rear cable trough

Table 3-1 lists the components of the cabinet and describes their configurations.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-5

Page 34: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 3-1 Configuration of the cabinet

Component Configuration

Power Distribution Box Only one power distribution box isconfigured.

Subrack l The MPR is configured with onemain processing subrack (MPS) anddepending on the traffic volume zeroto two extended processing subracks(EPSs).

l The EPR is configured with one tothree EPSs, depending on the trafficvolume.

Air Defence Subrack Two air defence subracks areconfigured.

Independent Fan Subrack Only one independent fan subrack isconfigured in the N68E-22 cabinet andno independent fan subrack isconfigured in the N68E-21-N cabinet.

Rear Cable Trough Three rear cable troughs are configured.

NOTE

l The subracks are numbered from bottom to top, and the MPS is numbered 0.

l The components of the N68E-21-N cabinet are the same as those of the N68E-22 cabinet, except that theN68E-21-N cabinet is not configured with the independent fan subrack.

3.4 Technical Specifications of the CabinetThe technical specifications of the cabinet consist of cabinet dimensions, height of the availablespace, cabinet weight, rated input voltage, input voltage range, and ElectromagneticCompatibility (EMC).

Technical Specifications of the BSC6900 Cabinet (N68E-22)

The BSC6900 uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet or N68E-21-N cabinet. The two models ofcabinets have different technical specifications.

Table 3-2 describes the technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-22).

Table 3-2 Technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-22)

Item Specification

Dimensions 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)

Height of the available space 46 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 35: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Weight l Empty cabinet ≤ 100 kgl Cabinet in full configuration ≤ 320 kg

Rated input voltage -48 V

Input voltage range -40 V to -57 V

EMC l Meets the requirements in ETSI EN300 386l Meets the requirements in Council directive 89/336/

EEC

Technical Specifications of the BSC6900 Cabinet (N68E-21-N)Table 3-3 describes the technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-21-N).

Table 3-3 Technical specifications of the BSC6900 cabinet (N68E-21-N)

Item Specification

Dimensions 2,130 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)

Height of the available space 44 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)

Weight l Empty cabinet ≤ 155 kgl Cabinet in full configuration ≤ 380 kg

Rated input voltage -48 V

Input voltage range -40 V to -57 V

EMC l Meets the requirements in GR 1089l Meets the requirements in ETSI EN300 386l Meets the requirements in Council directive 89/336/

EEC

NOTE

An empty cabinet refers to the one that is installed with front and back doors, side panels, a powerdistribution box, and a set of cables.

3.5 Cable Connections of the CabinetThis section describes the connections of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables inthe cabinet.

NOTEThe BSC6900 uses the Huawei N68E-22 or N68E-21-N cabinet. Only the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet requiresthe independent fan subrack. The MPR and EPR mentioned in this section are of the N68E-22 model.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-7

Page 36: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

3.5.1 Relation Between Power Outputs and Cabinet ComponentsThis section describes the fixed relation between the outputs of the PDF and the inputs of powerdistribution box as well as between the outputs of power distribution box and the componentsof the cabinet.3.5.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the CabinetThe power cables in the cabinet are used to connect the power distribution box to the subrackand independent fan subrack, thus ensuring stable power supply to the subrack and independentfan subrack. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the grounding bar in theequipment room, thus protecting the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.3.5.3 Distribution of Signal Cables for the MPRThe signal cables for the MPR refer to Ethernet cables, optical cables, trunk cables, clock signalcables, and monitoring signal cables for the power distribution box.3.5.4 Distribution of Signal Cables for the EPRThe signal cables for the EPR refer to Ethernet cables, optical cables, trunk cables, andmonitoring signal cables for the power distribution box.

3.5.1 Relation Between Power Outputs and Cabinet ComponentsThis section describes the fixed relation between the outputs of the PDF and the inputs of powerdistribution box as well as between the outputs of power distribution box and the componentsof the cabinet.

For details on the working mechanism of the power system, see the Power Supply Principle.

Figure 3-5 shows the working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR. Table3-4 describes the working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR.

Figure 3-5 Working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 37: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 3-4 Working mechanism of the power distribution box in the MPR

PDF Output Input of PowerDistribution Box

Outputof PowerDistribution Box

Subrack Input

63 A -48 V DCoutput 1

A1(-) A7 NEG(-)

-48 V DC input 1 on theindependent fan subrack

A8 NEG(-)

-48 V DC input 1 on subrack 2

63 A -48 V DCoutput 2

B1(-) B7 NEG(-) -48 V DC input 2 on theindependent fan subrack

B8 NEG(-) -48 V DC input 2 on subrack 2

63 A RTN poweroutput 1

A1(+) A7 RTN(+)

RTN power input 1 on theindependent fan subrack

A8 RTN(+)

RTN power input 1 on subrack2

63 A RTN poweroutput 2

B1(+) B7 RTN(+)

RTN power input 2 on theindependent fan subrack

B8 RTN(+)

RTN power input 2 on subrack2

100 A -48 V DCoutput 1

A3(-) A9 NEG(-)

-48 V DC input 1 on subrack 1

A10 NEG(-)

-48 V DC input 1 on subrack 0

100 A -48 V DCoutput 2

B3(-) B9 NEG(-) -48 V DC input 2 on subrack 1

B10 NEG(-)

-48 V DC input 2 on subrack 0

100 A RTN poweroutput 1

A3(+) A9 RTN(+)

RTN power input 1 on subrack1

A10 RTN(+)

RTN power input 1 on subrack0

100 A RTN poweroutput 2

B3(+) B9 RTN(+)

RTN power input 2 on subrack1

B10 RTN(+)

RTN power input 2 on subrack0

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-9

Page 38: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

3.5.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the CabinetThe power cables in the cabinet are used to connect the power distribution box to the subrackand independent fan subrack, thus ensuring stable power supply to the subrack and independentfan subrack. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the grounding bar in theequipment room, thus protecting the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.

Figure 3-6 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900(N68E-22 cabinet).

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 39: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 3-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the N68E-22 cabinet

Table 3-5 describes the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900cabinet.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-11

Page 40: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 3-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 cabinet

SN Description

5, 6, 11, 12 Power cables for the bottom subrack

3, 4, 9, 10 Power cables for the middle subrack

1, 2, 7, 8 Power cables for the top subrack

13 PGND cable connecting the power distribution box andthe mounting bar

14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 PGND cables connecting the subracks and the mountingbar

24, 25, 26 Inter-cabinet PGND cables

27, 28, 29, 30 Power cables for the independent fan subrack

31 PGND cable connecting the independent fan subrack andthe mounting bar

50-57 PGND cables for cabinet doors and side panels

Figure 3-7 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the Figure 3-7(N68E-21-N cabinet).

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 41: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 3-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the N68E-21-N cabinet

Table 3-6 describes the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900cabinet.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-13

Page 42: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 3-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the BSC6900 cabinet

SN Description

5, 6, 11, 12 Power cables for the bottom subrack

3, 4, 9, 10 Power cables for the middle subrack

1, 2, 7, 8 Power cables for the top subrack

13 PGND cable connecting the power distribution box andthe mounting bar

14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 PGND cables connecting the subracks and the mountingbar

20, 21 PGND cables for the cabinet busbar

24, 25, 26 PGND cables connecting the busbars of differentcabinets

50-57 PGND cables for cabinet doors and side panels

3.5.3 Distribution of Signal Cables for the MPRThe signal cables for the MPR refer to Ethernet cables, optical cables, trunk cables, clock signalcables, and monitoring signal cables for the power distribution box.

Connections of Signal Cables for the MPRFigure 3-8 shows the connections of the signal cables for the MPR.

NOTE

l The types and number of the interface boards shown in Figure 3-8 are only taken as examples. Theactual configurations depend on the site planning.

l The installation positions and number of the Ethernet cables, optical cables, and trunk cables aretaken as examples. The actual configurations depend on the site planning.

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 43: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 3-8 Connections of signal cables for the MPR

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-15

Page 44: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Description About the Connections of Signal Cables for the MPRTable 3-7 describes the connections of signal cables for the MPR.

Table 3-7 Connections of signal cables for the MPR

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

1 Monitoringsignal cable forthe powerdistribution box

DB15/Portconnecting thepowerdistribution boxto theindependent fansubrack

DB9/MONITOR 1port on theindependent fansubrack

The cable ismandatory and isinstalled beforedelivery. Only onemonitoring signalcable for the powerdistribution box isconfigured.

2, 3 GPS signaltransmissioncable connectingGPS surgeprotector toGCGa board

SMA/ANT porton the GCGaboard

N-typeconnector/Protect port ofthe GPS surgeprotector on topof the cabinet

The cable is optional.When installed, twocables are required.

4 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards ofdifferentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 6 of theMPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 6 of theEPS

l Straight-throughcable

l Installed beforedelivery

5 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards ofdifferentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 6 of theMPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 7 of theEPS

6 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards ofdifferentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T2 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 6 of theMPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 6 of theEPS

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 45: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

7 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards ofdifferentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T3 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 6 of theMPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 7 of theEPS

8 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards ofdifferentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 7 of theMPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 7 of theEPS

9 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards ofdifferentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 7 of theMPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 6 of theEPS

10 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards ofdifferentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T2 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 7 of theMPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 7 of theEPS

11 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards ofdifferentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T3 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 7 of theMPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port onthe SCUa boardin slot 6 of theEPS

12, 13 BITS clock signalcable

SMB or BNC/BITS clocksource

SMB connector(alreadyinstalled on theBITS clocksignal cable)/CLKIN0 port onthe GCUa/GCGa board

The cable is optional.When installed, twocables are required.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-17

Page 46: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

14, 15 Line clock signalcable

SMB/2M0 or2M1 port on theAOUa/POUa/UOIa/AEUaboard

SMB/CLKIN0or CLKIN1 porton the GCUa/GCGa board

Two to four,optional, installedwhen the EPS isresponsible forreceiving the lineclock signals

16 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT0 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 6 of the EPS

Optional. Thenumber of cables tobe installed and theiractual installationpositions depend onthe site planning.

17 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT1 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 7 of the EPS

18 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT2 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 6 of the EPS

19 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT3 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 7 of the EPS

20 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT4 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 6 of the EPS

21 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT5 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 7 of the EPS

22 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT6 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 6 of the EPS

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-18 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 47: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

23 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT7 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 7 of the EPS

24 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT8 portson the GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 6 of the EPS

25 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT9 portson GCUa/GCGaboards in slots12 and 13

RJ45/CLKINport on theSCUa board inslot 7 of the EPS

26 Trunk cableconnecting AEUaboard to otherdevices

DB44/Electricalport on theAEUa board

Another device Optional. Theelectrical port on theAEUa board is takenas an example. Thenumber of cables tobe installed and theiractual installationpositions depend onthe site planning.The information hereis an example basedon overhead cabling.

27 Y-shaped trunkcable connectingAEUa board toother devices

Y-shaped DB44/Electrical portson active andstandby AEUaboards

Another device

28 Optical cableconnectingGOUa/AOUa/POUa/UOIa/GOUc/AOUc/POUc/UOIcboard to otherdevices

LC/PC/Opticalport on theGOUa/AOUa/POUa/UOIa/GOUc/AOUc/POUc/UOIcboard

Another device Optional. Thenumber of opticalcables to be installedand their actualinstallation positionsdepend on the siteplanning. Theinformation here isan example based onoverhead cabling.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-19

Page 48: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

29-32 Ethernet cable forthe OMUa board

RJ45/Ethernetport on theOMUa board

Another device l The cable ismandatory. Twoto four cables arerequired.

l Straight-throughcable. Theinformation hereis an examplebased onoverheadcabling.

33 Ethernet cableconnecting FG2a/FG2c board toother devices

RJ45/Ethernetport on theFG2a/FG2cboard

Another device l Optional. Thenumber ofEthernet cables tobe installed andtheir actualinstallationpositions dependon the siteplanning.

l Straight-throughcable. TheEthernet cablecan be connectedto any Ethernetport on the FG2a/FG2c board. Theconnection hereis only taken asan example.

34 Monitoringsignal cable forthe independentfan subrack

DB15/MONITOR 0port on theindependent fansubrack

DB9/Monitorport on the rearof the bottomsubrack

The cable ismandatory and isinstalled beforedelivery. Only onemonitoring signalcable for theindependent fansubrack isconfigured.

3.5.4 Distribution of Signal Cables for the EPRThe signal cables for the EPR refer to Ethernet cables, optical cables, trunk cables, andmonitoring signal cables for the power distribution box.

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-20 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 49: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Connections of signal cables for the EPRFigure 3-9 shows the connections of the signal cables for the EPR.

NOTE

l The types and number of the interface boards shown in Figure 3-9 are only taken as examples. Theactual configurations depend on the site planning.

l The installation positions and number of the Ethernet cables, optical cables, and trunk cables aretaken as examples. The actual configurations depend on the site planning.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-21

Page 50: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 3-9 Connections of signal cables for the EPR

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-22 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 51: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Description About the Connections of Signal Cables for the EPRTable 3-8 describes the connections of signal cables for the EPR.

Table 3-8 Connections of signal cables for the EPR

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

1 Monitoring signalcable for the powerdistribution box

DB15/Portconnecting thepower distributionbox to theindependent fansubrack

DB9/MONITOR1 port on theindependent fansubrack

The cable ismandatory andis installedbefore delivery.Only onemonitoringsignal cable forthe powerdistribution boxis configured.

2 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the MPS

l Straight-throughcable

l Installedbeforedelivery3 Ethernet cable

connecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the MPS

4 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the MPS

5 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the MPS

6 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T8 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the MPS

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-23

Page 52: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

7 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T9 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the MPS

8 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T6 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the MPS

9 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T7 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the MPS

10 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T9 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the MPS

11 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T8 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the MPS

12 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T0 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T7 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the MPS

13 Ethernet cableconnecting SCUaboards of differentsubracks

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T1 port on theSCUa board in slot6 of the EPS

RJ45/The10/100/1000BASE-T6 port on theSCUa board in slot7 of the MPS

14 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT4ports on theGCUa/GCGaboards in slots 12and 13

RJ45/CLKIN porton the SCUa boardin slot 6 of the EPS

Optional. Thenumber ofcables to beinstalled andtheir actualinstallationpositions

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-24 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 53: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

15 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT5ports on theGCUa/GCGaboards in slots 12and 13

depend on thesite planning.

RJ45/CLKIN porton the SCUa boardin slot 7 of the EPS

16 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT6ports on theGCUa/GCGaboards in slots 12and 13

RJ45/CLKIN porton the SCUa boardin slot 6 of the EPS

17 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT7ports on theGCUa/GCGaboards in slots 12and 13

RJ45/CLKIN porton the SCUa boardin slot 7 of the EPS

18 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT8ports on theGCUa/GCGaboards in slots 12and 13

RJ45/CLKIN porton the SCUa boardin slot 6 of the EPS

19 Y-shaped clocksignal cable

RJ45/CLKOUT9ports on GCUa/GCGa boards inslots 12 and 13

RJ45/CLKIN porton the SCUa boardin slot 7 of the EPS

20 Trunk cableconnecting theAEUa board toother devices

DB44/Electricalport on the AEUaboard

Another device Optional. Theelectrical porton the AEUaboard is taken asan example.The number ofcables to beinstalled andtheir actualinstallationpositionsdepend on thesite planning.Theinformationhere is anexample basedon overheadcabling.

21 Y-shaped trunkcable connectingthe AEUa board toother devices

Y-shaped DB44/Electrical ports onactive and standbyAEUa boards

Another device

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 3 Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-25

Page 54: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

SN Cable Name ConnectorType1/ConnectionPosition1

ConnectorType2/ConnectionPosition2

Remarks

22, 23 Optical cableconnecting GOUa/AOUa/POUa/UOIa/GOUc/AOUc/POUc/UOIc board toother devices

LC/PC/Opticalport on the GOUa/AOUa/POUa/UOIa/GOUc/AOUc/POUc/UOIc board

Another device Optional. Thenumber ofoptical cables tobe installed andtheir actualinstallationpositionsdepend on thesite planning.Theinformationhere is anexample basedon overheadcabling.

24, 25 Line clock signalcable

SMB/2M0 or 2M1port on the AOUa/POUa/UOIa/GOUa/GOUc/AOUc/POUc/UOIc/AEUa board

SMB/CLKIN0 orCLKIN1 port onthe GCUa/GCGaboard in slot 12 or13 of the MPS

The cable isoptional and isinstalled onlywhen the cableneeds to be ledout from theEPS in the EPR.When installed,two to fourcables arerequired.

26 Monitoring signalcable for theindependent fansubrack

DB15/MONITOR0 port on theindependent fansubrack

DB9/MONITORport on the rear ofthe bottomsubrack

The cable ismandatory andis installedbefore delivery.Only onemonitoringsignal cable forthe independentfan subrack isconfigured.

3 CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

3-26 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 55: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

4 Components of the Cabinet

About This Chapter

Components of the cabinet involve the power distribution box, air defence subrack, rear cabletrough, subrack, independent fan subrack, rack.

4.1 Power Distribution BoxA power distribution box is installed inside each cabinet at the top.

4.2 Air Defence SubrackThe air defence subrack is installed between two subracks. It is used to form a straight-throughair channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U in height.

4.3 Rear Cable TroughThe rear cable trough is used for routing and binding of the cables of rear boards. Each rear cabletrough has three fiber management trays installed at the bottom to coil the optical cables.

4.4 Independent Fan SubrackBesides the fan boxes configured in subracks, the N68E-22 cabinet also has an independent fansubrack configured at the bottom of the cabinet to improve the reliability of heat dissipation.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-1

Page 56: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

4.1 Power Distribution BoxA power distribution box is installed inside each cabinet at the top.

The power distribution box provides lightning protection and power surge protection for the four-48 V inputs and supplies two groups of power to the components in the cabinet. Each grouphas four -48 V outputs and four RTN outputs. The power distribution box also detects the statusof input voltage and the output power, and generates audible and visual alarms when faults occur.

4.1.1 Front Panel of the Power Distribution BoxThe components on the front panel of the power distribution box are the panel of the PowerAllocation Monitoring Unit (PAMU) and the power switches.

4.1.2 Rear Panel of the Power Distribution BoxThe components on the rear panel of the power distribution box are the power input terminalblock, power output terminal block, port used to connect the power distribution box to a subrack,and a 2-hole grounding screw.

4.1.3 Technical Specifications of the Power Distribution BoxThis section describes the technical specifications of the input and output power supplies of thepower distribution box.

4.1.4 Distribution of Power Switches on the Power Distribution BoxThe power distribution box of the cabinet has 20 (10 x 2) power outputs. There is a fixed relationbetween the eight outputs of the power distribution box and the components of the cabinet.

4.1.1 Front Panel of the Power Distribution BoxThe components on the front panel of the power distribution box are the panel of the PowerAllocation Monitoring Unit (PAMU) and the power switches.

Figure 4-1 shows the front panel of the power distribution box.

Figure 4-1 Front panel of the power distribution box

(1) Panel of the PAMU board (2) RUN LED (3) ALM LED(4) Mute switch (5) Power switches (6) Labels for power switches

4 Components of the CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

4-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 57: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l For details about the PAMU board, see 6.12 PAMU Board.

l When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time,indicating that the PAMU board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, theRUN and ALM LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs display the operating status of thepower distribution box.

The mute switch is set to determine whether an audible alarm is generated.

l If you set the mute switch to I, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm whenit is faulty.

l If you set the mute switch to O, the power distribution box does not generate any audiblealarm when it is faulty.

The front panel of the power distribution box has two LEDs: RUN and ALM.

Table 4-1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the power distribution box.

Table 4-1 LEDs on the front panel of the power distribution box

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The PAMU board is functional andcommunicates with the SCUa boardproperly.

ON for 0.25s and OFFfor 0.25s

The PAMU board is not working or itdoes not communicate with the SCUaboard properly.

OFF There is no power supply to the PAMUboard or the power distribution boxdoes not work properly.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm related to the powerdistribution box.

ON The power distribution box is faulty.During the self-check of the PAMUboard, however, the ALM LED is alsoON. This indicates that the ALM LEDis functional.

4.1.2 Rear Panel of the Power Distribution BoxThe components on the rear panel of the power distribution box are the power input terminalblock, power output terminal block, port used to connect the power distribution box to a subrack,and a 2-hole grounding screw.

Figure 4-2 shows the rear panel of the power distribution box.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-3

Page 58: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 4-2 Rear panel of the power distribution box (WP1E01DPD)

(1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block(3) Port used to connect the power distribution box to a subrack (4) 2-hole grounding screw

NOTE

l Figure 4-2 shows only the main BSC6900-related ports on the power distribution box.

l On the power input terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cableare labeled 3(-) and 1(-) respectively, and the wiring terminals for the RTN power cable are labeled 3(+) and 1(+) respectively.

l On the power output terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cableand RTN power cable are labeled NEG(-) and RTN(+), respectively.

4.1.3 Technical Specifications of the Power Distribution BoxThis section describes the technical specifications of the input and output power supplies of thepower distribution box.

Table 4-2 describes the technical specifications of the power distribution box.

Table 4-2 Technical specifications of the power distribution box (WP1E01DPD)

Item Sub-item Specification

Input Rated input voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC

Input voltage range -40 V DC to -72 V DC

Input mode Two groups of power inputs: A and B. Group Aconsists of the power inputs A1+A2 and A3. GroupB consists of the power inputs B1+B2 and B3. Eachgroup has one or two -48 V DC or -60 V DC powerinputs.

Max. input current The maximum rated input current of each route is100 A.

Output Rated output voltage -48 V DC or -60 V DC

Output voltagerange

-40 V DC to -72 V DC

4 Components of the CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

4-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 59: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Sub-item Specification

Output mode andcurrent

Two groups of power outputs: A and B. Each grouphas one to four -48 V DC or -60 V DC poweroutputs. The maximum rated output current of eachoutput is 50 A and that of each group is 100 A.Each output is controlled by MCBs: A7 to A10 andB7 to B10. These MCBs provide the power surgeprotection function.

Output protectionspecifications

The power surge protection point is 70 A. You needto manually switch on the corresponding MCBafter the power surge protection.

Rated output power 9,600 W (Two groups of power outputs: A and B.Each group has two -48 V DC power outputs.)

NOTEFor group A, power inputs A1+A2 correspond to power outputs A1 to A8, and power input A3 correspondsto power outputs A9 and A10. Similarly, for group B, power inputs B1+B2 correspond to power outputsB1 to B8, and power input B3 corresponds to power outputs B9 and B10.

4.1.4 Distribution of Power Switches on the Power Distribution BoxThe power distribution box of the cabinet has 20 (10 x 2) power outputs. There is a fixed relationbetween the eight outputs of the power distribution box and the components of the cabinet.

Figure 4-3 shows the relation between the eight power switches on the power distribution boxand the components in the MPR. Table 4-3 describes the relation between the eight powerswitches on the power distribution box and the components in the MPR.

Figure 4-3 Relation between the power switches and components in the MPR

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-5

Page 60: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 4-3 Relation between the power switches and components in the MPR

Component Power Switch

Subrack 2 A8, B8

Subrack 1 A9, B9

Subrack 0 A10, B10

Independent fan subrack A7, B7

4.2 Air Defence SubrackThe air defence subrack is installed between two subracks. It is used to form a straight-throughair channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U in height.

Physical appearance

Figure 4-4 shows the air defence subrack.

Figure 4-4 Air defence subrack

Dimensions

The dimensions of the air defence subrack are 44.45 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 476.1 mm(depth).

4.3 Rear Cable TroughThe rear cable trough is used for routing and binding of the cables of rear boards. Each rear cabletrough has three fiber management trays installed at the bottom to coil the optical cables.

Figure 4-5 shows the rear cable trough.

4 Components of the CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

4-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 61: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 4-5 Rear cable trough

4.4 Independent Fan SubrackBesides the fan boxes configured in subracks, the N68E-22 cabinet also has an independent fansubrack configured at the bottom of the cabinet to improve the reliability of heat dissipation.

4.4.1 Appearance of the Independent Fan SubrackThe independent fan subrack is composed of the front panel, fan box, and the rear panel.

4.4.2 Technical Specifications of the Independent Fan SubrackThe technical specifications of the independent fan subrack refer to the dimensions, weight,power supply, maximum power consumption, fan speed, and Electromagnetic Compatibility(EMC).

4.4.1 Appearance of the Independent Fan SubrackThe independent fan subrack is composed of the front panel, fan box, and the rear panel.

The fan box can be configured with either the PFCU or the PFCB board, which does not affectthe appearance of the independent fan subrack.

Front View of the Independent Fan Subrack

Figure 4-6 Front view of the independent fan subrack

(1) PFCB or PFCU board (2) Fans (3) Handle of the independent fan subrack(4) Screw (5) LED on the fan box

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-7

Page 62: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l The PFCU or the PFCB is the control unit of the fan box. For details on the PFCU board, see 6.14PFCU Board. For details on the PFCB board, see 6.15 PFCB Board.

l When the PFCU board is configured in the fan box of the independent fan subrack, the LEDs on thefan box of the independent fan subrack are the same as those on the fan box in service subracks. Fordetails, see 5.3.1 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board).

l When the PFCB board is configured in the fan box of the independent fan subrack, the LEDs on thefan box of the independent fan subrack are the same as those on the fan box in service subracks. Fordetails, see 5.3.2 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCB Board).

Rear View of the Independent Fan Subrack

Figure 4-7 Rear view of the independent fan subrack

(1) Monitor 1 Port, used to connect to the powerdistribution box

(2) Power input port (3) Monitor 2 Port (Reserved)

(4) Monitor 0 Port, used to connect to subracks (5) Monitor 3 Port (Reserved)

4.4.2 Technical Specifications of the Independent Fan SubrackThe technical specifications of the independent fan subrack refer to the dimensions, weight,power supply, maximum power consumption, fan speed, and Electromagnetic Compatibility(EMC).

Table 4-4 describes the technical specifications of the independent fan subrack.

Table 4-4 Technical specifications of the independent fan subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions 86.1 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm (depth)

Weight Empty subrack: ≤ 2.4 kg; subrack with fan boxes: ≤ 6.9kg

Power supply -48 V DC. The input voltage ranges from -40 V DC to -60V DC.

Maximum power consumption ≤ 150 W

Fan speed < 5.0 m/s

4 Components of the CabinetBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

4-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 63: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

EMC Meets the requirements in ETSI EN300 386 V1.2.1(2000-03).

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 4 Components of the Cabinet

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-9

Page 64: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)
Page 65: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

5 Subracks

About This Chapter

This chapter describes subracks. Subracks are used to house boards and backplanes to form anindependent unit.

5.1 Classification of SubracksBased on functions, subracks are classified into the main processing subrack (MPS) and extendedprocessing subrack (EPS).

5.2 Components of the SubrackThe main components of the subrack are the fan box, slots, front cable trough, and backplane.

5.3 Fan BoxThe fan box is used for heat dissipation in the cabinet. Each subrack is configured with one fanbox.

5.4 Slots in the SubrackThe backplane is positioned in the center of the subrack, and the boards are installed on the frontand rear sides of the backplane.

5.5 DIP Switch on the SubrackThe DIP switch on a subrack is used to set the number of the subrack.

5.6 Configuration of the SubrackBSC6900 subracks are classified into the MPS and EPS. This section describes the typicalconfigurations of these subracks.

5.7 Technical Specifications of the SubrackThe technical specifications of the subrack refer to the dimensions of the subrack, available spaceheight, weight, and power consumption in full configuration.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 5 Subracks

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-1

Page 66: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

5.1 Classification of SubracksBased on functions, subracks are classified into the main processing subrack (MPS) and extendedprocessing subrack (EPS).

MPSAs the main processing subrack, the MPS is configured in the MPR. Only one MPS is configuredin the BSC6900. The MPS processes the basic services of the BSC6900, performs operation andmaintenance, and provides clock signals for the system.

EPSAs the extended processing subrack, the EPS is configured in the MPR or EPR. It processes thebasic services of the BSC6900.

5.2 Components of the SubrackThe main components of the subrack are the fan box, slots, front cable trough, and backplane.

Structure of the SubrackIn compliance with the IEC60297 standard, each subrack is 19 inches in width and 12 U inheight. Figure 5-1 shows the construction of the subrack with the front and rear views of thecomponent layouts of the subrack.

5 SubracksBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

5-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 67: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 5-1 Construction of the subrack

(1) Fan box (2) Mounting ear (3) Guide rail(4) Front cable trough (5) Boards (6) Grounding screw

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 5 Subracks

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-3

Page 68: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

(7) DC power input port (8) Port for the monitoring signal cable of thepower distribution box

(9) Cover plate of the DIP switch

Components

Table 5-1 describes the components of the subrack.

Table 5-1 Components of the subrack

Component Refer to...

Fan box 5.3 Fan Box

Slots in the subrack 5.4 Slots in the Subrack

Front cable trough The front cable trough is used to lead the cablesfrom the front of the subrack to both sides of thecabinet.

Backplane The backplane is used to connect the boards inthe same subrack.

5.3 Fan BoxThe fan box is used for heat dissipation in the cabinet. Each subrack is configured with one fanbox.

5.3.1 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board)This section shows the appearance of the fan box and location of the LEDs on the fan box whenthe fan box is configured with the PFCU board. This also describes the technical specificationsof the fan box.

5.3.2 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCB Board)This section shows the appearance of the fan box and location of the LEDs on the fan box whenthe fan box is configured with the PFCB board. This also describes the technical specificationsof the fan box.

5.3.1 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board)This section shows the appearance of the fan box and location of the LEDs on the fan box whenthe fan box is configured with the PFCU board. This also describes the technical specificationsof the fan box.

Appearance of Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board)

The fan box consists of the fans, board, LED, and handles.

Figure 5-2 shows the fan box.

5 SubracksBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

5-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 69: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 5-2 Fan box (configured with the PFCU board)

(1) Power unit of the fan box (2) Fans (3) PFCU board(4) LED on the fan box (5) Screws (6) Handles of the fan box

NOTE

l The power unit is inserted into the rear part of the fan box. It provides power supply for nine fans andkeeps the voltage stable through a stabilizing tube, to ensure normal operation of the fans.

l The PFCU board is the control unit of the fan box. For details on the PFCU board, see 6.14 PFCUBoard.

LED on the Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board)The LED on the fan box blinks red or green, indicating different working status of the fan box.

Table 5-2 describes the different meanings that the LED indicates.

Table 5-2 LED on the fan box (configured with the PFCU board)

Color Status Description

Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The fan box works normally (thefan box is registered).

ON for 0.25s and OFF for 0.25s The fan box works normally (thefan box is not registered).

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 5 Subracks

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-5

Page 70: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Color Status Description

Red ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The fan box is registered and hasone of the following problems:l One-way power supply to

the subrackl Communication failurel Fans ceasing to run or

running at too low a speedl Fan box in an excessively

high temperature ortemperature sensor failure

ON for 0.25s and OFF for 0.25s The fan box is not registered andhas one of the followingproblems:l One-way power supply to

the subrackl Fans ceasing to run or

running at a too low speedl Fan box in an excessively

high temperature ortemperature sensor failure

NOTE

When the fan box is registered, the communication between the fan box and the SCUa board in the samesubrack is established. When the fan box is not registered, the communication between the fan box and theSCUa board in the same subrack is not established.

Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configured with the PFCU Board)The technical specifications of the fan box refer to the space height, voltage, maximum power,detectable temperature range, and requirement for fan speed adjustment.

Table 5-3 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.

Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (configured with the PFCU board)

Item Specification

Space height 1.5 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)

Input voltage range -42 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum power 150 W

Detectable temperature range -5°C to 55°C

Requirement for fan speed adjustment The speed of the fans can be adjusted from55% to 100% of the full speed.

5 SubracksBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

5-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 71: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

When the BSC6900 is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC6900 is upgraded, the fansin the subrack run at full speed for a short period. This is the normal condition during system startup.

5.3.2 Fan Box (Configured with the PFCB Board)This section shows the appearance of the fan box and location of the LEDs on the fan box whenthe fan box is configured with the PFCB board. This also describes the technical specificationsof the fan box.

Appearance of Fan Box (Configured with the PFCB Board)The fan box consists of the fans, board, LED, and handles.

Figure 5-3 shows the fan box.

Figure 5-3 Fan box (configured with the PFCB board)

(1) PFCB Board (2) Fans (3) LED on the fan box(4) Screw (5) Handles of the fan box

NOTE

l The PFCB board is the control unit of the fan box. For details on the PFCB board, see 6.15 PFCBBoard.

LED on the Fan Box (Configured with the PFCB Board)The LED on the fan box blinks red or green, indicating different working status of the fan box.

Table 5-4 describes the different meanings that the LED indicates.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 5 Subracks

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-7

Page 72: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 5-4 LED on the fan box (configured with the PFCB board)

Color Status Description

Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The fan box is supplied with power intwo ways without any fault (and isregistered).

ON for 0.25s and OFFfor 0.25s

The fan box is supplied with power intwo ways without any fault (notregistered).

Red ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The fan box is registered and has one ofthe following problems:l One-way power supply to the

subrackl Communication failurel Fans ceasing to run or running at too

low a speedl Fan box in an excessively high

temperature or temperature sensorfailure

l Speed adjustment function failure

ON for 0.25s and OFFfor 0.25s

The fan box is not registered and has oneof the following problems:l One-way power supply to the

subrackl Fans ceasing to run or running at a

too low speedl Fan box in an excessively high

temperature or temperature sensorfailure

l Speed adjustment function failure

NOTE

When the fan box is registered, the communication between the fan box and the SCUa board in the samesubrack is established. When the fan box is not registered, the communication between the fan box and theSCUa board in the same subrack is not established.

Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configured with the PFCB Board)The technical specifications of the fan box refer to the space height, input voltage range,maximum power, detectable temperature range, and requirement for fan speed adjustment.

Table 5-5 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.

5 SubracksBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

5-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 73: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 5-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (configured with the PFCB board)

Item Specification

Space height 1.5 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)

Input voltage range -40 V DC to -57 V DC

Maximum power 150 W

Detectable temperature range -5°C to +55°C

Requirement for fan speed adjustment The speed of the fans can be adjusted from55% to 100% of the full speed.

NOTE

When the BSC6900 is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC6900 is upgraded, the fansin the subrack run at full speed for a short period. This is the normal condition during system startup.

5.4 Slots in the SubrackThe backplane is positioned in the center of the subrack, and the boards are installed on the frontand rear sides of the backplane.

Figure 5-4 shows the structure of the subrack.

Figure 5-4 Structure of the subrack

(1) Front slot (2) Backplane (3) Rear slot

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 5 Subracks

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-9

Page 74: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l Each subrack provides a total of 28 slots. The 14 slots on the front side of the backplane are numberedfrom 00 to 13, and those on the rear side from 14 to 27.

l Two neighboring slots, such as slot 00 and slot 01 or slot 02 and slot 03, can be configured as a pairof active/standby slots. A pair of active and standby boards must be installed in a pair of active andstandby slots.

5.5 DIP Switch on the SubrackThe DIP switch on a subrack is used to set the number of the subrack.

Location of the DIP SwitchThe DIP switch is located on the lower back of the subrack. For details on the location of theDIP switch, see 5.2 Components of the Subrack.

AppearanceFigure 5-5 shows the cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack.

Figure 5-5 Cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack

Description about the DIP SwitchThe DIP switch on the subrack has eight bits numbered in ascending order from 1 to 8. Thehigher the bit is, the more significant it is. Table 5-6 describes the bits.

5 SubracksBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

5-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 75: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 5-6 Description about the bits

Bit Description

1-5 Bits 1 to 5 are used for setting the subrack number. Bit 1 is theleast significant bit. If the bit is set to ON, it indicates 0. If the bitis set to OFF, it indicates 1.

6 Odd parity check bit

7 Reserved, undefined, generally set to ON

8 (the most significantbit)

Reserved

Principle of the DIP Switch SettingAs the DIP switch uses odd parity check, the number of 1s in the eight bits must be an oddnumber. The method for setting the bits is as follows:

1. Set bit 1 to bit 5 as required.2. Set bit 7 to ON.3. Check the number of 1s in the seven bits of the DIP switch. Note that the setting of bit 8

remains unchanged.l If the number of 1s is even, set bit 6 to OFF.l If the number of 1s is odd, set bit 6 to ON.

Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 2 and that bit 8 is set to OFF. Table 5-7describes the setting of the DIP switch in the case.

Table 5-7 Setting of the DIP switch

SubrackNo.

Bit Setting of the DIPSwitch

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF

1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1

OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF

2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1

ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF

5.6 Configuration of the SubrackBSC6900 subracks are classified into the MPS and EPS. This section describes the typicalconfigurations of these subracks.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 5 Subracks

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-11

Page 76: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

5.6.1 Configuration of the MPSThe MPS is configured in the MPR. Each BSC6900 cabinet must be configured with one MPS.

5.6.2 Configuration of the EPSThe EPS is configured in the MPR or EPR. The BSC6900 cabinet can be configured with zeroto five EPSs.

5.6.1 Configuration of the MPSThe MPS is configured in the MPR. Each BSC6900 cabinet must be configured with one MPS.

The boards that can be installed in the MPS are the OMUa board, SCUa board, SPUa/SPUbboard, GCUa board, GCGa board, DPUb/DPUe board, AEUa board, AOUa/AOUc board, UOIa/UOIc board, PEUa board, POUa/POUc board, FG2a/FG2c board, and GOUa/GOUc board.

Figure 5-6 shows the MPS in full configuration.

Figure 5-6 MPS in full configuration

NOTE

l The INT board (interface board) can be the AEUa board, AOUa/AOUc board, UOIa/UOIc board, PEUaboard, POUa/POUc board, FG2a/FG2c board, or GOUa/GOUc board.

l If customers purchase also the Nastar product of Huawei, customers need to install the SAU board inthe MPS or EPS of the BSC6900 cabinet (the SAU board occupies two slots that work in active/standbymode). For details on how to install the SAU board, how to install the software on the SAU board, andhow to maintain the SAU board, see the SAU User Guide of Nastar documents.

5.6.2 Configuration of the EPSThe EPS is configured in the MPR or EPR. The BSC6900 cabinet can be configured with zeroto five EPSs.

The boards that can be installed in the EPS are the SCUa board, SPUa/SPUb board, DPUb/DPUeboard, AEUa board, AOUa/AOUc board, UOIa/UOIc board, PEUa board, POUa/POUc board,FG2a/FG2c board, and GOUa/GOUc board.

Figure 5-7 shows the EPS in full configuration.

5 SubracksBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

5-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 77: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 5-7 EPS in full configuration

NOTE

l The INT board (interface board) can be the AEUa board, AOUa/AOUc board, UOIa/UOIc board, PEUaboard, POUa/POUC board, FG2a/FG2c board, or GOUa/GOUc board.

l If customers purchase also the Nastar product of Huawei, customers need to install the SAU board inthe MPS or EPS of the BSC6900 cabinet (the SAU board occupies two slots that work in active/standbymode). For details on how to install the SAU board, how to install the software on the SAU board, andhow to maintain the SAU board, see the SAU User Guide of Nastar documents.

5.7 Technical Specifications of the SubrackThe technical specifications of the subrack refer to the dimensions of the subrack, available spaceheight, weight, and power consumption in full configuration.

Table 5-8 describes the technical specifications of the subrack.

Table 5-8 Technical specifications of the subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions 530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm (depth)

Available space height 12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)

Weight Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with boards: ≤57 kg

Power consumption in fullconfiguration

l MPS: ≤ 1,560 Wl EPS: ≤ 1,540 W

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 5 Subracks

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-13

Page 78: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)
Page 79: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6 Boards

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the boards supported by the BSC6900.

The BSC6900 boards perform different functions through the loading of different software.Table 6-1 describes the BSC6900 boards.

Table 6-1 Classification of the BSC6900 boards

Board Logical Function Function Description Board Name

AEUa ATM - 32-port ATM overE1/T1/J1 interfaceUnit REV:a

AOUa ATM - 2-port ATM overchannelized OpticalSTM-1/OC-3interface UnitREV:a

AOUc ATM - 4-port ATM overchannelized OpticalSTM-1/OC-3interface UnitREV:c

DPUb UUP (UMTS RNC Userplane Process)

UMTS RNC user planeprocessing

Data ProcessingUnit REV:b

DPUe UUP (UMTS RNC Userplane Process)

UMTS RNC user planeprocessing

Data ProcessingUnit REV:e

FG2a IP - 8-port FE or 2-portelectronic GEinterface unit REV:a

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-1

Page 80: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Board Logical Function Function Description Board Name

FG2c IP - 12-port FE or 4-portelectronic GEinterface unit REV:c

GCUa Clock - General Clock UnitREV:a

GCGa Clock with GPS - General Clock Unitwith GPS REV:a

GOUa IP - 2-port packet overGE Optical interfaceUnit REV:a

GOUc IP - 4-port packet overGE Optical interfaceUnit REV:c

OMUa OAM (Operation,Administration andMaintenance)

OM management Operation andMaintenance UnitREV:a

PEUa IP - 32-port Packet overE1/T1/J1 interfaceUnit REV:a

POUa IP - 2-port IP overchannelized OpticalSTM-1/OC-3interface UnitREV:a

POUc IP - 4-port IP overchannelized OpticalSTM-1/OC-3interface UnitREV:c

SCUa MAC Switching - GE Switchingnetwork and ControlUnit REV:a

SPUa UCP (UMTS RNC Controlplane Process)

UMTS RNC control planeprocessing

SignalingProcessing UnitREV:a

RUCP (ResourceManagement and UMTSRNC Control planeProcess)

Resource managementand UMTS RNC controlplane processing

SPUb UCP (UMTS RNC Controlplane Process)

UMTS RNC control planeprocessing

SignalingProcessing UnitREV:b

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 81: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Board Logical Function Function Description Board Name

RUCP (ResourceManagement and UMTSRNC Control planeProcess)

Resource managementand UMTS RNC controlplane processing

UOIa ATM - 4-port ATM/Packetover UnchannelizedOptical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unitREV:a

IP -

UOIc ATM - 8-port ATM/Packetover UnchannelizedOptical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unitREV:c

PAMU - - Power AllocationMonitoring Unit

PFCU - - Fan Control Unit

PFCB - - Fan Control Board

6.1 AEUa BoardAEUa refers to 32-port ATM over E1/T1/J1 interface Unit REV:a. The AEUa board is optional.It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number of AEUa boards to be installeddepends on site requirements. For the MPS, the AEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23.For the EPS, the AEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

6.2 AOUa BoardAOUa refers to 2-port ATM over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:a. TheAOUa board is optional. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number ofAOUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the AOUa board canbe installed in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the AOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

6.3 AOUc BoardAOUc refers to 4-port ATM over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:c. TheAOUc board is optional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of AOUcboards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the AOUc board can beinstalled in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the AOUc board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

6.4 DPUb BoardDPUb refers to Data Processing Unit REV:b. The DPUb board is optional. For the MPS, two toten DPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 11, and slots 14 to 23. For the EPS,two to twelve DPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 27.

6.5 DPUe BoardDPUe refers to Data Processing Unit REV:e. The DPUe board is optional. For the MPS, two toten DPUe boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 11, and slots 14 to 23. For the EPS,two to twelve DPUe boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 27.

6.6 FG2a Board

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-3

Page 82: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

FG2a refers to 8-port FE or 2-port electronic GE interface unit REV:a. The FG2a board isoptional. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number of FG2a boards to beinstalled depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the FG2a board can be installed in slots14 to 23. For the EPS, the FG2a board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

6.7 FG2c BoardFG2c refers to 12-port FE or 4-port electronic GE interface unit REV:c. The FG2c board isoptional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of FG2c boards to be installeddepends on site requirements. The FG2c board can be installed in slots 16 to 23 in the MPS/EPS.

6.8 GCUa/GCGa BoardGCUa refers to General Clock Unit REV:a. GCGa refers to General Clock Unit with GPS REV:a.The GCUa/GCGa board is mandatory. Two GCUa/GCGa boards must be installed in slots 12and 13 in the MPS.

6.9 GOUa BoardGOUa refers to 2-port packet over GE Optical interface Unit REV:a. The GOUa board isoptional. It can be installed in the MPS, EPS. The number of GOUa boards to be installed dependson site requirements. For the MPS, the GOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. For theEPS, the GOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

6.10 GOUc BoardGOUc refers to 4-port packet over GE Optical interface Unit REV:c. The GOUc board isoptional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of GOUc boards to beinstalled depends on site requirements. The GOUc board can be installed in slots 16 to 23 in theMPS/EPS.

6.11 OMUa BoardOMUa refers to Operation and Maintenance Unit REV:a. One or two OMUa boards must beconfigured in the BSC6900. The width of the OMUa board is twice the width of other boards.Therefore, one OMUa board occupies two slots. The board can be installed in slots 0 to 3, slots20 to 23, or slots 24 to 27 in the MPS. Slots 20 to 23 are recommended.

6.12 PAMU BoardPAMU refers to Power Allocation Monitoring Unit. The PAMU board is installed in the powerdistribution box at the top of the cabinet. Each power distribution box accommodates one PAMUboard.

6.13 PEUa BoardPEUa refers to 32-port Packet over E1/T1/J1 interface Unit REV:a. The PEUa board is optional.It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number of PEUa boards to be installeddepends on site requirements. For the MPS, the PEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23.For the EPS, the PEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

6.14 PFCU BoardPFCU refers to Fan Control Unit. The PFCU board is installed in the front of the fan box. Eachfan box is configured with one PFCU board.

6.15 PFCB BoardPFCB refers to Fan Control Board. The PFCB board is installed in the front of the fan box. Eachfan box is configured with one PFCB board.

6.16 POUa BoardPOUa refers to 2-port IP over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:a. ThePOUa board is optional. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number of POUa

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 83: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

boards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the POUa board can beinstalled in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the POUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

6.17 POUc BoardPOUc refers to 4-port IP over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:c. ThePOUc board is optional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of POUcboards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the POUc board can beinstalled in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the POUc board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

6.18 SCUa BoardSCUa refers to GE Switching network and Control Unit REV:a. The SCUa board is mandatory.Two SCUa boards must be installed in slots 6 and 7 in the MPS/EPS.

6.19 SPUa BoardSPUa refers to Signaling Processing Unit REV:a. The SPUa board is optional. Two to ten SPUaboards can be installed in the MPS/EPS. For the MPS, the SPUa boards can be installed in slots0 to 5, slots 8 to 11, slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to5, slots 8 to 27.

6.20 SPUb BoardSPUb refers to Signaling Processing Unit REV:b. The SPUb board is optional. Two to ten SPUbboards can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. For the MPS, the SPUb boards can be installedin slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 11, and slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the SPUb boards can be installedin slots 0 to 5 and slots 8 to 27.

6.21 UOIa BoardUOIa refers to 4-port ATM/Packet over Unchannelized Optical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unitREV:a. The UOIa board is optional. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. Thenumber of UOIa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the UOIaboard can be installed in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the UOIa board can be installed in slots 14to 27.

6.22 UOIc BoardUOIc refers to 8-port ATM/Packet over Unchannelized Optical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unitREV:c. The UOIc board is optional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The numberof UOIc boards to be installed depends on site requirements. The UOIc board can be installedin slots 16 to 23 in the MPS/EPS.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-5

Page 84: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.1 AEUa BoardAEUa refers to 32-port ATM over E1/T1/J1 interface Unit REV:a. The AEUa board is optional.It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number of AEUa boards to be installeddepends on site requirements. For the MPS, the AEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23.For the EPS, the AEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the AEUa boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.1.1 Functions of the AEUa BoardAs an interface board, the AEUa board supports ATM over E1/T1/J1 transmission.

6.1.2 Panel of the AEUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AEUa board.

6.1.3 LEDs on the AEUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the AEUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.1.4 Ports on the AEUa BoardThere are four E1/T1 ports and two clock signal output ports on the AEUa board.

6.1.5 DIP Switches on the AEUa BoardThe AEUa board provides five DIP switches, namely, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

6.1.6 Technical Specifications of the AEUa BoardThe technical specifications of the AEUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of thedimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relativehumidity.

6.1.1 Functions of the AEUa BoardAs an interface board, the AEUa board supports ATM over E1/T1/J1 transmission.

The AEUa board performs the following functions:

l Provides 32 channels of ATM over E1s/T1s/J1s

l Provides 32 IMA groups or 32 UNI links

l Supports the Iub interfaces

l Provides the fractional ATM and the fractional IMA functions

l Supports the timeslot cross-connection function

l Receives clock signals from the Iu interface and transmits clock signals to the GCUa/GCGaboard

6.1.2 Panel of the AEUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AEUa board.

Figure 6-1 shows the panel of the AEUa board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 85: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-1 Panel of the AEUa board

6.1.3 LEDs on the AEUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the AEUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-2 describes the LEDs on the AEUa board.

Table 6-2 LEDs on the AEUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-7

Page 86: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

6.1.4 Ports on the AEUa BoardThere are four E1/T1 ports and two clock signal output ports on the AEUa board.

Table 6-3 describes the ports on the AEUa board.

Table 6-3 Ports on the AEUa board

Port Function Connector Type

E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and receive E1/T1 signals on channels 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and receive E1/T1 signals on channels 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and receive E1/T1 signals on channels 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and receive E1/T1 signals on channels 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1 Ports for 2 MHz clock signal outputs SMB maleconnector

6.1.5 DIP Switches on the AEUa BoardThe AEUa board provides five DIP switches, namely, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

Layout of the DIP SwitchesFigure 6-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 87: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-9

Page 88: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l All DIP switches are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panel is combined with the bottomplate, so the DIP switches are not exposed.

l DIP switches S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10 are set from the side. As shown in Figure 6-2, there are twosquare holes between DIP switches, one between S2 and S4, and the other between S8 and S6. Throughthe two holes, you can set S2, S4, S8, and S6. DIP switch S10 is located in the right corner of the sub-board, and thus you can set S10 along the side. The direction of the arrow in Figure 6-2 is to turninwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, or S8 to ON, turn them inwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, orS8 to OFF, turn them outwards. To set the bits of S10 to ON, turn them outwards. To set the bits ofS10 to OFF, turn them inwards.

l You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to set S10. If there is any inconsistency betweenthe physical setting of S10 on the AEUa board and the setting of S10 by command, take the setting bycommand as the criterion. By default, the working mode of S10 is set to E1. You can also run the SETE1T1 command on the LMT to change the working mode of S10 from E1 mode to E1 balanced mode,E1 unbalanced mode, or T1 mode. When you run the SET E1T1 command to set the support forbalanced and unbalanced modes parameter to No and set the working mode of S10 to E1, you mustalso manually set the bits of S10 to set the working mode of S10 to E1 balanced mode or E1 unbalancedmode.

l If signals are transmitted in E1 unbalanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 75-ohm coaxialcable and the TX end of the cable is grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to ON. If signalsare transmitted in E1(T1) balanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 120-ohm twisted paircable and the TX end of the cable is not grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to OFF.

Description of the DIP Switches

DIP switches S2, S4, S6, and S8 on the AEUa board are used to enable or disable the groundingof 0 to 31 E1s/T1/J1s at the TX end. DIP switch S10 is used to set the working mode to E1balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode, T1 mode, or J1 mode. Table 6-4 describes S2, S4, S6,S8, and S10.

Table 6-4 Description of the DIP switches on the AEUa board

DIP Switch Bit Description Setting ofDIP Bit

Meaning

S2 1-8 TX ground switchof E1s/T1s/J1s 24to 31

ON Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

OFF Set the working modeto other modes

S4 1-8 TX ground switchof E1s/T1s/J1s 16to 23

ON Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

OFF Set the working modeto other modes

S6 1-8 TX ground switchof E1s/T1s/J1s 0to 7

ON Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

OFF Set the working modeto other modes

S8 1-8 TX ground switchof E1s/T1s/J1s 8to 15

ON Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 89: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

DIP Switch Bit Description Setting ofDIP Bit

Meaning

OFF Set the working modeto other modes

S10 1-2 DIP switch forsetting theworking mode,consisting of twobits

(ON, ON) Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

(OFF, ON) Set the working modeto E1 balanced mode

(ON, OFF) Set the working modeto T1 mode

(OFF, OFF) Set the working modeto J1 mode

NOTE

All the DIP switches are set to E1 balanced mode by default, that is, all the bits of S2, S4, S6, and S8 areset to OFF. For S10, the first bit is set to OFF, and the second bit to ON.

6.1.6 Technical Specifications of the AEUa BoardThe technical specifications of the AEUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of thedimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relativehumidity.

Table 6-5 describes the hardware specifications of the AEUa board.

Table 6-5 Hardware specifications of the AEUa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 27.87 W

Weight 1.20 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-11

Page 90: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-6 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-6 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 2,800 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 680 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput(UL)

45 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

45 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

90 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

6.2 AOUa BoardAOUa refers to 2-port ATM over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:a. TheAOUa board is optional. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number ofAOUa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the AOUa board canbe installed in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the AOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the AOUa boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.2.1 Functions of the AOUa BoardAs an optical interface board, the AOUa board supports ATM over channelized STM-1/OC-3transmission.

6.2.2 Panel of the AOUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AOUa board.

6.2.3 LEDs on the AOUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the AOUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.2.4 Ports on the AOUa BoardThere are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the AOUa board.

6.2.5 DIP Switches on the AOUa BoardThe AOUa board provides two DIP switches, both of which are labeled S1. The two DIP switchesare used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.

6.2.6 Technical Specifications of the AOUa BoardThe technical specifications of the AOUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specifications

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 91: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

consist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6.2.1 Functions of the AOUa BoardAs an optical interface board, the AOUa board supports ATM over channelized STM-1/OC-3transmission.

The AOUa board performs the following functions:

l Provides two channels over channelized optical STM-1/OC-3 ports based on ATMl Provides the AAL2 switching functionl Provides the IMA and the UNI functionsl Supports the Iub interfacesl Supports the extraction of line clock signals

6.2.2 Panel of the AOUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AOUa board.

Figure 6-3 shows the panel of the AOUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-13

Page 92: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-3 Panel of the AOUa board

6.2.3 LEDs on the AOUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the AOUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-7 describes the LEDs on the AOUa board.

Table 6-7 LEDs on the AOUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 93: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

6.2.4 Ports on the AOUa BoardThere are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the AOUa board.

Table 6-8 describes the ports on the AOUa board.

Table 6-8 Ports on the AOUa board

Port Function Connector Type

RX Optical port, used to transmit and receive opticalsignals. TX refers to the transmitting optical port,and RX refers to the receiving optical port.

LC/PC

TX

2M0 and2M1

Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs SMB male connector

6.2.5 DIP Switches on the AOUa BoardThe AOUa board provides two DIP switches, both of which are labeled S1. The two DIP switchesare used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.

Layout of the DIP SwitchesFigure 6-4 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-15

Page 94: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

CAUTIONAll DIP switches of the AOUa board are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panel isfaced to and combined with the bottom plate, and so the DIP switches are hidden in between.

Description of the DIP Switches

Table 6-9 describes the DIP switches on the AOUa board.

Table 6-9 Description of the DIP switches on the AOUa board

DIP Switch Bit Setting ofDIP Bit

Meaning

S1 1-2 (ON, ON) Set loading mode to JTAG configuration

(OFF, OFF) Set loading mode to CPU slave parallelconfiguration

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 95: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

DIP Switch Bit Setting ofDIP Bit

Meaning

3 ON Set working mode to T1 mode

OFF Set working mode to E1 mode

4 ON Set the mapped path to AU3

OFF Set the mapped path to AU4

5 ON Set the information structure to TU11

OFF Set the information structure to TU12

6 ON SONET

OFF SDH

7 - Reserved

8 - Reserved

NOTE

All the bits of the two DIP switches are set to OFF by default.

6.2.6 Technical Specifications of the AOUa BoardThe technical specifications of the AOUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

Table 6-10 describes the hardware specifications of the AOUa board.

Table 6-10 Hardware specifications of the AOUa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two inputs of -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplaneof the subrack is responsible for the power supply.

Powerconsumption

37.30 W

Weight 1.30 kg

Operatingtemperature(long-term)

0°Cto 45°C

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-17

Page 96: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Operatingtemperature(short-term)

-5°Cto +55°C

Relativehumidity (long-term)

5% to 85%

Relativehumidity (short-term)

5% to 95%

Table 6-11 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-11 Specifications for the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CSdomain

9,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 3,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput(UL)

195 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

195 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

390 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

Table 6-12 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the AOUa board.

Table 6-12 Specifications of the optical ports on the AOUa board

Item Specification

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-2 km-MM-SFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-15 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-40 km-SM-ESFP

Mode Multi-mode Single mode Single mode

Type LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-18 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 97: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-2 km-MM-SFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-15 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-40 km-SM-ESFP

Maximumopticaltransmissiondistance

2 km 15 km 40 km

Maximumoutput opticalpower

-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm 0.0 dBm

Minimumoutput opticalpower

-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm

Minimumreceiversensitivity

-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

Centerwavelength

1,310 nm 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmissionrate

155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

6.3 AOUc BoardAOUc refers to 4-port ATM over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:c. TheAOUc board is optional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of AOUcboards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the AOUc board can beinstalled in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the AOUc board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the AOUc boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.3.1 Functions of the AOUc BoardAs an optical interface board, the AOUc board supports ATM over channelized STM-1/OC-3transmission.

6.3.2 Panel of the AOUc BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AOUc board.

6.3.3 LEDs on the AOUc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the AOUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

6.3.4 Ports on the AOUc BoardThere are four optical ports on the AOUc board.

6.3.5 Technical Specifications of the AOUc BoardThe technical specifications of the AOUc board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specifications

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-19

Page 98: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

consist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6.3.1 Functions of the AOUc BoardAs an optical interface board, the AOUc board supports ATM over channelized STM-1/OC-3transmission.

The AOUc board performs the following functions:

l Provides four channels over the channelized STM-1/OC-3 optical portsl Supports the IMA functionl Supports the extraction of line clock signalsl Supports the Iu, Iur, and Iub interfaces

NOTEThe AOUc board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1. CPU0 mainly performs the management planefunctions, such as board management, alarm reporting, traffic statistics reporting, as well as transmissionport management and maintenance. CPU1 mainly performs the control plane functions, such asestablishment and clearing of channels for data flows.

6.3.2 Panel of the AOUc BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the AOUc board.

Figure 6-5 shows the panel of the AOUc board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-20 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 99: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-5 Panel of the AOUc board

6.3.3 LEDs on the AOUc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the AOUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 6-13 describes the LEDs on the AOUc board.

Table 6-13 LEDs on the AOUc board

LED Color

Status Description

RUN Green

ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-21

Page 100: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color

Status Description

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green

ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LOS Green

ON The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.

OFF The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.

6.3.4 Ports on the AOUc BoardThere are four optical ports on the AOUc board.

Table 6-14 describes the ports on the AOUc board.

Table 6-14 Ports on the AOUc board

Port Function Connector Type

RX Optical port, used to transmit and receive opticalsignals. TX refers to the transmitting optical port,and RX refers to the receiving optical port.

LC/PC

TX

6.3.5 Technical Specifications of the AOUc BoardThe technical specifications of the AOUc board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

Table 6-15 describes the hardware specifications of the AOUc board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-22 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 101: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-15 Hardware specifications of the AOUc board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two inputs of -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplaneof the subrack is responsible for the power supply.

Powerconsumption

75.19 W

Weight 1.50 kg

Operatingtemperature(long-term)

0°Cto 45°C

Operatingtemperature(short-term)

-5°Cto +55°C

Relativehumidity (long-term)

5% to 85%

Relativehumidity (short-term)

5% to 95%

Table 6-16 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-16 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CSdomain

18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 5,500 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput(UL)

300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

600 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CSdomain

18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 5,500 Erlang

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-23

Page 102: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Maximum payload throughput(UL)

300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

600 Mbit/s

Iu-CS Speech service in the CSdomain

18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 5,500 Erlang

Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput(UL)

350 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

350 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

700 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

Table 6-17 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the AOUc board.

Table 6-17 Specifications of the optical ports on the AOUc board

Item Specification

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-2 km-MM-SFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-15 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-40 km-SM-ESFP

Mode Multi-mode Single mode Single mode

Type LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC

Maximumopticaltransmissiondistance

2 km 15 km 40 km

Maximumoutput opticalpower

-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm 0.0 dBm

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-24 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 103: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-2 km-MM-SFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-15 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-40 km-SM-ESFP

Minimumoutput opticalpower

-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm

Minimumreceiversensitivity

-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

Centerwavelength

1,310 nm 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmissionrate

155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

6.4 DPUb BoardDPUb refers to Data Processing Unit REV:b. The DPUb board is optional. For the MPS, two toten DPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 11, and slots 14 to 23. For the EPS,two to twelve DPUb boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the DPUb boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.4.1 Functions of the DPUb BoardThe DPUb board processes and distributes the UMTS user-plane service data.

6.4.2 Panel of the DPUb BoardThere are only LEDs on the panel of the DPUb board.

6.4.3 LEDs on the DPUb BoardThere are three LEDs on the DPUb board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.4.4 Technical Specifications of the DPUb BoardThe technical specifications of the DPUb board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and processing capability.

6.4.1 Functions of the DPUb BoardThe DPUb board processes and distributes the UMTS user-plane service data.

The DPUb board performs the following functions:

l Multiplexes and demultiplexesl Processes frame protocolsl Selects and distributes datal Performs the functions of the GTP-U, IUUP, PDCP, RLC, MAC, and FP protocols

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-25

Page 104: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

l Performs encryption, decryption, and pagingl Processes internal communication protocols between the SPUa/SPUb board and the DPUb

boardl Processes the Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service (MBMS) at the RLC layer and

the MAC layer

6.4.2 Panel of the DPUb BoardThere are only LEDs on the panel of the DPUb board.

Figure 6-6 shows the panel of the DPUb board.

Figure 6-6 Panel of the DPUb board

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-26 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 105: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.4.3 LEDs on the DPUb BoardThere are three LEDs on the DPUb board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-18 describes the LEDs on the DPUb board.

Table 6-18 LEDs on the DPUb board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

6.4.4 Technical Specifications of the DPUb BoardThe technical specifications of the DPUb board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and processing capability.

Table 6-19 describes the technical specifications of the DPUb board.

Table 6-19 Technical specifications of the DPUb board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 60 W

Weight 1.26 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-27

Page 106: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Processing capability l Supporting the UL+DL data stream at 115Mbit/s

l Supporting 1,800 Erlang for CS speechservice

l Supporting 900 Erlang for CS data servicel Supporting 150 cells

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

6.5 DPUe BoardDPUe refers to Data Processing Unit REV:e. The DPUe board is optional. For the MPS, two toten DPUe boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 11, and slots 14 to 23. For the EPS,two to twelve DPUe boards can be installed in slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the DPUe boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.5.1 Functions of the DPUe BoardThe DPUe board processes UMTS voice services and data services.

6.5.2 Panel of the DPUe BoardThere are only LEDs on the panel of the DPUe board.

6.5.3 LEDs on the DPUe BoardThere are three LEDs on the DPUe board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.5.4 Technical Specifications of the DPUe BoardThe technical specifications of the DPUe board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and processing capability.

6.5.1 Functions of the DPUe BoardThe DPUe board processes UMTS voice services and data services.

The DPUe board performs the following functions:

l Selects and distributes data

l Multiplexes and demultiplexes

l Processes frame protocols

l Performs the functions of the GTP-U, IUUP, PDCP, RLC, MAC, and FP protocols

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-28 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 107: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

l Performs encryption, decryption, and pagingl Processes internal communication protocols between the SPUa/SPUb board and the DPUe

boardl Processes the Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service (MBMS) at the RLC layer and

the MAC layer

6.5.2 Panel of the DPUe BoardThere are only LEDs on the panel of the DPUe board.

Figure 6-7 shows the panel of the DPUe board.

Figure 6-7 Panel of the DPUe board

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-29

Page 108: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.5.3 LEDs on the DPUe BoardThere are three LEDs on the DPUe board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-20 describes the LEDs on the DPUe board.

Table 6-20 LEDs on the DPUe board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode, or theboard is disconnected.

6.5.4 Technical Specifications of the DPUe BoardThe technical specifications of the DPUe board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and processing capability.

Table 6-21 describes the technical specifications of the DPUe board.

Table 6-21 Technical specifications of the DPUe board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 62.32 W

Weight 1.20 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-30 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 109: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Processing capability l Supporting the UL+DL data stream at 335Mbit/s;Supporting the UL+DL data streamat 500 Mbit/s if the capacity license isconfigured

l Supporting 3,350 Erlang for CS speechservice

l Supporting 1,675 Erlang for CS data servicel Supporting 300 cells

6.6 FG2a BoardFG2a refers to 8-port FE or 2-port electronic GE interface unit REV:a. The FG2a board isoptional. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number of FG2a boards to beinstalled depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the FG2a board can be installed in slots14 to 23. For the EPS, the FG2a board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the FG2a boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.6.1 Functions of the FG2a BoardAs an interface board, the FG2a board provides IP over Ethernet.

6.6.2 Panel of the FG2a BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the FG2a board.

6.6.3 LEDs on the FG2a BoardAmong all the LEDs on the FG2a board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the FG2aboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

6.6.4 Ports on the FG2a BoardThere are six 10M/100M Ethernet ports, two 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports, and two clocksignal output ports on the FG2a board.

6.6.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2a BoardThe technical specifications of the FG2a board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of thedimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relativehumidity.

6.6.1 Functions of the FG2a BoardAs an interface board, the FG2a board provides IP over Ethernet.

The FG2a board performs the following functions:

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-31

Page 110: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

l Provides eight channels over FE ports or two channels over GE portsl Provides the routing-based backup and load sharingl Provides the link aggregation function at the MAC layerl Supports the Iu, Iur, and Iub interfaces

6.6.2 Panel of the FG2a BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the FG2a board.

Figure 6-8 shows the panel of the FG2a board.

Figure 6-8 Panel of the FG2a board

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-32 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 111: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.6.3 LEDs on the FG2a BoardAmong all the LEDs on the FG2a board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the FG2aboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 6-22 describes the LEDs on the FG2a board.

Table 6-22 LEDs on the FG2a board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Green OFF There is no datatransmission over theEthernet port.

Blinking There is data transmissionover the Ethernet port.

6.6.4 Ports on the FG2a BoardThere are six 10M/100M Ethernet ports, two 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports, and two clocksignal output ports on the FG2a board.

Table 6-23 describes the ports on the FG2a board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-33

Page 112: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-23 Ports on the FG2a board

Port Function ConnectorType

FE(1) to FE(3) 10M/100M Ethernet ports, used to transmit10/100M signals

RJ45

FE/GE(0) 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports, used totransmit 10/100/1000M signals

RJ45

2M0 and 2M1 Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs SMB maleconnector

6.6.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2a BoardThe technical specifications of the FG2a board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of thedimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relativehumidity.

Table 6-24 describes the hardware specifications of the FG2a board.

Table 6-24 Hardware specifications of the FG2a board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 38.48 W

Weight 1.36 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Table 6-25 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-25 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-34 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 113: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Data service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

840 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

840 Mbit/s

Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 3,000 Erlang

Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

840 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

6.7 FG2c BoardFG2c refers to 12-port FE or 4-port electronic GE interface unit REV:c. The FG2c board isoptional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of FG2c boards to be installeddepends on site requirements. The FG2c board can be installed in slots 16 to 23 in the MPS/EPS.

6.7.1 Functions of the FG2c BoardAs an interface board, the FG2c board supports IP over Ethernet transmission.

6.7.2 Panel of the FG2c BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the FG2c board.

6.7.3 LEDs on the FG2c BoardAmong all the LEDs on the FG2c board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the FG2cboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-35

Page 114: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.7.4 Ports on the FG2c BoardThere are four 100/1000BASE-T ports and eight 100BASE-T ports on the FG2c board.

6.7.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2c BoardThe technical specifications of the FG2c board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of thedimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relativehumidity.

6.7.1 Functions of the FG2c BoardAs an interface board, the FG2c board supports IP over Ethernet transmission.

The FG2c board performs the following functions:

l Provides 12 channels over FE ports or four channels over GE portsl Provides the link aggregation function at the MAC layerl Provides the routing-based backup and load sharingl Supports the transmission of data over all its Ethernet ports on the basis of the synchronized

clock signalsl Supports the Iu, Iur, and Iub interfaces

NOTE

l The FG2c board does not support the 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s half duplex mode.

l The FG2c board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1. CPU0 mainly performs the management planefunctions, such as board management, alarm reporting, traffic statistics reporting, as well astransmission port management and maintenance. CPU1 mainly performs the control plane functions,such as establishment and clearing of channels for data flows.

6.7.2 Panel of the FG2c BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the FG2c board.

Figure 6-9 shows the panel of the FG2c board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-36 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 115: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-9 Panel of the FG2c board

6.7.3 LEDs on the FG2c BoardAmong all the LEDs on the FG2c board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the FG2cboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 6-26 describes the LEDs on the FG2c board.

Table 6-26 LEDs on the FG2c board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-37

Page 116: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Orange OFF There is no datatransmission over theEthernet port.

Blinking There is data transmissionover the Ethernet port.

6.7.4 Ports on the FG2c BoardThere are four 100/1000BASE-T ports and eight 100BASE-T ports on the FG2c board.

Table 6-27 describes the ports on the FG2c board.

Table 6-27 Ports on the FG2c board

Port Function ConnectorType

100BASE-T 100M Ethernet ports, used to transmit 100Msignals

RJ45

100/1000BASE-T 100M/1000M Ethernet ports, used totransmit 100/1000M signals

RJ45

6.7.5 Technical Specifications of the FG2c BoardThe technical specifications of the FG2c board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of the

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-38 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 117: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relativehumidity.

Table 6-28 describes the hardware specifications of the FG2c board.

Table 6-28 Hardware specifications of the FG2c board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two inputs of -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplane of the subrack isresponsible for the power supply.

Power consumption 85.4 W

Weight 1.50 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Table 6-29 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-29 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 1,300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 1,300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

2,600 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 1,300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 1,300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

2,600 Mbit/s

Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-39

Page 118: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Data service in the CS domain 9,000 Erlang

Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) 1,600 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 1,600 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

3,200 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

6.8 GCUa/GCGa BoardGCUa refers to General Clock Unit REV:a. GCGa refers to General Clock Unit with GPS REV:a.The GCUa/GCGa board is mandatory. Two GCUa/GCGa boards must be installed in slots 12and 13 in the MPS.

6.8.1 Functions of the GCUa/GCGa BoardThe GCUa/GCGa board performs the clock function.

6.8.2 Panel of the GCUa/GCGa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board.

6.8.3 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa BoardThere are three LEDs on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.8.4 Ports on the GCUa/GCGa BoardThere are 17 ports on the GCUa/GCGa board.

6.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GCUa/GCGa BoardThe technical specifications of the GCUa/GCGa board consist of the dimensions, power supply,power consumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and clock accuracy grade.

6.8.1 Functions of the GCUa/GCGa BoardThe GCUa/GCGa board performs the clock function.

The GCUa/GCGa board performs the following functions:

l Extracts timing signals from the external synchronization timing port and from thesynchronization line signals, processes the timing signals, and provides the timing signalsand the reference clock for the entire system

l Performs the fast pull-in and holdover functions on the system clock

l Generates RFN signals for the system

l Supports active/standby switchover. The standby GCUa/GCGa board traces the clockphase of the active GCUa/GCGa board. This ensures the smooth output of the clock phasein the case of active/standby switchover.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-40 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 119: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

l Receives and processes the clock signals and the positioning information from the GPScard

6.8.2 Panel of the GCUa/GCGa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board.

Figure 6-10 shows the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board.

Figure 6-10 Panel of the GCUa/GCGa board

6.8.3 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa BoardThere are three LEDs on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-30 describes the LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-41

Page 120: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-30 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but theboard is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

6.8.4 Ports on the GCUa/GCGa BoardThere are 17 ports on the GCUa/GCGa board.

Table 6-31 describes the ports on the GCUa/GCGa board.

Table 6-31 Ports on the GCUa/GCGa board

Port Function Connector Type

ANT Port for the GPS antenna. This port on the GCGaboard is used to receive the timing signals andpositioning information from the GPS satellite. Thisport is not used on the GCUa board.

SMA maleconnector

CLKOUT0 toCLKOUT9

Ports for providing synchronization clock signals.The ten ports are used to provide 8 kHz clock signalsand 1PPS clock signals.

RJ45

COM0 Reserved RJ45

COM1 Port for RS422-level 8 kHz clock signals RJ45

TESTOUT Output port for clock signals. The clock signals areused for testing.

SMB maleconnector

TESTIN Input port for testing external clock signals SMB maleconnector

CLKIN0 andCLKIN1

Input port for BITS clock signals and line clocksignals

SMB maleconnector

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-42 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 121: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GCUa/GCGa BoardThe technical specifications of the GCUa/GCGa board consist of the dimensions, power supply,power consumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and clock accuracy grade.

Table 6-32 describes the technical specifications of the GCUa/GCGa board.

Table 6-32 Technical specifications of the GCUa/GCGa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption GCUa: 20 W; GCGa: 25 W

Weight GCUa: 1.1 kg; GCGa: 1.18 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°C-45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Clock accuracy grade Grade three

6.9 GOUa BoardGOUa refers to 2-port packet over GE Optical interface Unit REV:a. The GOUa board isoptional. It can be installed in the MPS, EPS. The number of GOUa boards to be installed dependson site requirements. For the MPS, the GOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23. For theEPS, the GOUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the GOUa boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.9.1 Functions of the GOUa BoardAs an optical interface board, the GOUa board supports IP over Ethernet.

6.9.2 Panel of the GOUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GOUa board.

6.9.3 LEDs on the GOUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the GOUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.9.4 Ports on the GOUa BoardThere are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the GOUa board.

6.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUa BoardThe technical specifications of the GOUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specifications

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-43

Page 122: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

consist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6.9.1 Functions of the GOUa BoardAs an optical interface board, the GOUa board supports IP over Ethernet.

The GOUa board performs the following functions:

l Provides two channels over GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmissionl Provides the routing-based backup and load sharingl Supports the Iu, Iur, and Iub interfaces

6.9.2 Panel of the GOUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GOUa board.

Figure 6-11 shows the panel of the GOUa board.

Figure 6-11 Panel of the GOUa board

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-44 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 123: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.9.3 LEDs on the GOUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the GOUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-33 describes the LEDs on the GOUa board.

Table 6-33 LEDs on the GOUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

6.9.4 Ports on the GOUa BoardThere are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the GOUa board.

Table 6-34 describes the ports on the GOUa board.

Table 6-34 Ports on the GOUa board

Port Function Connector Type

RX Optical port, used to transmit and receive opticalsignals. TX refers to the transmitting optical port,and RX refers to the receiving optical port.

LC/PC

TX

2M0 and2M1

Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs SMB male connector

6.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUa BoardThe technical specifications of the GOUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specifications

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-45

Page 124: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

consist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

Table 6-35 describes the hardware specifications of the GOUa board.

Table 6-35 Hardware specifications of the GOUa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplaneof the subrack is responsible for the power supply.

Power consumption 37.30 W

Weight 1.20 kg

Operating temperature(long-term)

0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature(short-term)

-5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term)

5% to 85%

Relative humidity(short-term)

5% to 95%

Table 6-36 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-36 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

840 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 840 Mbit/s

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-46 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 125: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

840 Mbit/s

Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 3,000 Erlang

Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 840 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

840 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

Table 6-37 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the GOUa board.

Table 6-37 Specifications of the optical ports on the GOUa board

Item Specification

Optical Module 1.25 G-850nm-0.5 km-MM-ESFP

Optical Module 1.25 G-1310nm-10 km-SM-ESFP

Mode Multi-mode Single mode

Type LC/PC LC/PC

Maximum opticaltransmissiondistance

0.5 km 10 km

Maximum outputoptical power

-2.5 dBm -3.0 dBm

Minimum outputoptical power

-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm

Minimum receiversensitivity

-17.0 dBm -20.0 dBm

Overload receiveoptical power

0.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

Center wavelength 850 nm 1,310 nm

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s 1.25 Gbit/s

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-47

Page 126: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.10 GOUc BoardGOUc refers to 4-port packet over GE Optical interface Unit REV:c. The GOUc board isoptional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of GOUc boards to beinstalled depends on site requirements. The GOUc board can be installed in slots 16 to 23 in theMPS/EPS.

6.10.1 Functions of the GOUc BoardAs an optical interface board, the GOUc board supports IP over Ethernet transmission.

6.10.2 Panel of the GOUc BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GOUc board.

6.10.3 LEDs on the GOUc BoardThere are five types of LEDs on the GOUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (optical port LED),and ACT (optical port LED).

6.10.4 Ports on the GOUc BoardThere are four optical ports on the GOUc board.

6.10.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUc BoardThe technical specifications of the GOUc board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6.10.1 Functions of the GOUc BoardAs an optical interface board, the GOUc board supports IP over Ethernet transmission.

The GOUc board performs the following functions:

l Provides four channels over GE portsl Provides the routing-based backup and load sharingl Supports the Iu, Iur, and Iub interfaces

NOTE

l The GOUc board does not support the 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s half duplex mode.

l The GOUc board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1. CPU0 mainly performs the management planefunctions, such as board management, alarm reporting, traffic statistics reporting, as well astransmission port management and maintenance. CPU1 mainly performs the control plane functions,such as establishment and clearing of channels for data flows.

6.10.2 Panel of the GOUc BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the GOUc board.

Figure 6-12 shows the panel of the GOUc board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-48 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 127: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-12 Panel of the GOUc board

6.10.3 LEDs on the GOUc BoardThere are five types of LEDs on the GOUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (optical port LED),and ACT (optical port LED).

Table 6-38 describes the LEDs on the GOUc board.

Table 6-38 LEDs on the GOUc board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-49

Page 128: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

LINK (opticalport LED)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (opticalport LED)

Green OFF There is no datatransmission over theEthernet port.

Blinking There is data transmissionover the Ethernet port.

6.10.4 Ports on the GOUc BoardThere are four optical ports on the GOUc board.

Table 6-39 describes the ports on the GOUc board.

Table 6-39 Ports on the GOUc board

Port Function Connector Type

RX Optical port, used to transmit and receive opticalsignals. TX refers to the transmitting optical port,and RX refers to the receiving optical port.

LC/PC

TX

6.10.5 Technical Specifications of the GOUc BoardThe technical specifications of the GOUc board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-50 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 129: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-40 describes the hardware specifications of the GOUc board.

Table 6-40 Hardware specifications of the GOUc board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two inputs of -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. Thebackplane of the subrack is responsible for the power supply.

Power consumption 65.90 W

Weight 1.40 kg

Operating temperature(long-term)

0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature(short-term)

-5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term)

5% to 85%

Relative humidity(short-term)

5% to 95%

Table 6-41 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-41 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 1,300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 1,300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

2,600 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 1,300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 1,300 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

2,600 Mbit/s

Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-51

Page 130: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Data service in the CS domain 9,000 Erlang

Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) 1,600 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 1,600 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

3,200 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

Table 6-42 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the GOUc board.

Table 6-42 Specifications of the optical ports on the GOUc board

Item Specification

Optical Module 1.25G-1310 nm-10 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 1.25 G-850nm-0.5 km-MM-ESFP

Mode Single mode Multi-mode

Type LC/PC LC/PC

Center wavelength 1,310 nm 850 nm

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s 1.25 Gbit/s

Transmissiondistance

10 km 0.5 km

Maximum outputoptical power

-3 dBm -3 dBm

Minimum outputoptical power

-9.5 dBm -9 dBm

Minimum receiversensitivity

-23 dBm -20 dBm

6.11 OMUa BoardOMUa refers to Operation and Maintenance Unit REV:a. One or two OMUa boards must beconfigured in the BSC6900. The width of the OMUa board is twice the width of other boards.Therefore, one OMUa board occupies two slots. The board can be installed in slots 0 to 3, slots20 to 23, or slots 24 to 27 in the MPS. Slots 20 to 23 are recommended.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-52 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 131: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTEThis document describes the installation of other boards on the basis that the OMUa boards are installed in slots20 to 23.

6.11.1 Functions of the OMUa BoardThe OMUa board works as a bridge for the communication between the Local MaintenanceTerminal (LMT) and the other boards in the BSC6900.

6.11.2 Panel of the OMUa BoardThere are LEDs, ports, and buttons on the panel of the OMUa board. In addition, there are harddisks installed on the OMUa board.

6.11.3 LEDs on the OMUa BoardThere are five types of LEDs on the OMUa board: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.

6.11.4 Ports on the OMUa BoardThere are four USB ports, three GE ports, one serial port COM0-ALM/COM1-BMC, and oneVGA port on the OMUa board.

6.11.5 Technical Specifications of the OMUa BoardThis section describes the hardware configuration indexes and performance counters of theOMUa board, including size, power supply, power consumption, weight, hard disk capacity,memory capacity, working temperature, and working humidity.

6.11.1 Functions of the OMUa BoardThe OMUa board works as a bridge for the communication between the Local MaintenanceTerminal (LMT) and the other boards in the BSC6900.

The OMUa board performs the following functions:

l Performs the configuration management, performance management, fault management,security management, and loading management functions for the system

l Provides the LMT or M2000 users with the operation and maintenance port of theBSC6900 system, to control the communication between the LMT or M2000 and the SCUaboard of the BSC6900

6.11.2 Panel of the OMUa BoardThere are LEDs, ports, and buttons on the panel of the OMUa board. In addition, there are harddisks installed on the OMUa board.

Figure 6-13 shows the panel of the OMUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-53

Page 132: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-13 Panel of the OMUa board

(1) Captive screw (2) Ejector lever (3) Self-locking latch (4) RUN LED(5) ALM LED (6) ACT LED (7) RESET Button (8) SHUTDOWN Button(9) USB port (10) ETH0 Ethernet port (11) ETH1 Ethernet port (12) ETH2 Ethernet port(13) COM port (14) VGA port (15) HD LEDs (16) OFFLINE LED(17) Hard disks (18) Screws for fixing the hard disk

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-54 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 133: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l To power off the OMUa board, you need to simultaneously pivot the top and bottom ejector leversaway from the front panel of the OMUa board. After the OFFLINE LED is on, turn off the powerswitch.

l The SHUTDOWN button is used only for powering off the board in emergency.

l The RESET button is used to reset the system. It works in the same way as the reset button on the PC.

l Powering off the board by pressing the SHUTDOWN button or resetting the system by pressing theRESET button may scratch the surface of the hard disks of the OMUa board. Thus, avoid operatingthe two buttons whenever possible.

6.11.3 LEDs on the OMUa BoardThere are five types of LEDs on the OMUa board: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.

Table 6-43 describes the LEDs on the OMUa board.

Table 6-43 LEDs on the OMUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is being started.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode, or theboard is disconnected.

OFFLINE Blue ON The board can be removed.

OFF The board cannot be removed.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is being switched over tothe other working mode.

HD Green OFF There is no read or write operationon the hard disk.

Blinking The hard disk is being read orwritten.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-55

Page 134: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.11.4 Ports on the OMUa BoardThere are four USB ports, three GE ports, one serial port COM0-ALM/COM1-BMC, and oneVGA port on the OMUa board.

Table 6-44 describes the ports on the OMUa board.

Table 6-44 Ports on the OMUa board

Port Function Connector Type

USB0-1 and USB2-3 USB ports. These ports are used toconnect USB devices.

-

ETH0 to ETH2 GE ports RJ45

COM0-ALM/COM1-BMC Serial port. This port is used forsystem commissioning or forcommon serial port usage.

DB9

VGA Port for the video -

6.11.5 Technical Specifications of the OMUa BoardThis section describes the hardware configuration indexes and performance counters of theOMUa board, including size, power supply, power consumption, weight, hard disk capacity,memory capacity, working temperature, and working humidity.

Hardware Configuration IndexesTable 6-45 lists the hardware configuration indexes of the OMUa board.

Table 6-45 Hardware configuration indexes of the OMUa board

Index Index of the OMUa Board

Size 366.7 mm x 220 mm

Power supply Two routes of -48 V DC in redundancy backup mode(provided by the backplane of the subrack)

Power consumption 120 W

Weight 4.0 kg

Hard disk capacity 146 GB x 2 (RAID 1)

Memory capacity 2 GB

Temperature required whenworking for a long time

0°C - +45°C

Temperature required whenworking for a short time

-5°C - +55°C

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-56 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 135: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Index Index of the OMUa Board

Relative humidity required whenworking for a long time

5%-85%

Relative humidity required whenworking for a short time

5%-95%

Performance CountersTable 6-46 describes the performance counters of the OMUa board.

Table 6-46 Performance counters of the OMUa board

Counter Index of the OMUa Board

Number of recordedalarms

The maximum number of recorded alarms is 150,000.

Time when the standbyOMU data issynchronized with theactive OMU data

The standby OMU synchronizes its data with that of the activeOMU board every second.

Duration of thesynchronization betweenthe active OMU files andstandby OMU files

Five minutes. The time needed for the synchronization variesaccording to the size and quantity of the files to be synchronized.

Duration of theswitchover between theactive and standby OMUs

Duration from when the request for OMU switchover is acceptedto when the switchover is finished. This duration lasts for two tothree minutes.

Duration of the OMUrestart

Duration of the OMU restart due to OMU fault. This durationlasts for about three minutes.

6.12 PAMU BoardPAMU refers to Power Allocation Monitoring Unit. The PAMU board is installed in the powerdistribution box at the top of the cabinet. Each power distribution box accommodates one PAMUboard.

6.12.1 Functions of the PAMU BoardThe PAMU board is used to monitor the power distribution box at the top of the BSC6900cabinet.

6.12.2 Panel of the PAMU BoardOn the panel of the PAMU board, there are two LEDs and a mute switch.

6.12.3 LEDs on the PAMU BoardThere are two LEDs on the PAMU board: RUN and ALM.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-57

Page 136: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.12.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU BoardThe PAMU provides an SW1 DIP switch.

6.12.5 Technical Specifications of the PAMU BoardThe technical specifications of the PAMU board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, and weight.

6.12.1 Functions of the PAMU BoardThe PAMU board is used to monitor the power distribution box at the top of the BSC6900cabinet.

The PAMU board performs the following functions:

l Detects the voltage of six -48 V power inputs and reports related alarmsl Detects the status of the power switches for 20 power outputs and reports related alarmsl Enables the switchover when faults occur in the serial port communication, and

communicates with the SCUa boardl Provides two RS485 and two RS232 asynchronous serial ports

6.12.2 Panel of the PAMU BoardOn the panel of the PAMU board, there are two LEDs and a mute switch.

Figure 6-14 shows the panel of the PAMU board.

Figure 6-14 Panel of the PAMU board

(1) RUN LED (2) ALM LED (3) Mute switch

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-58 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 137: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

The mute switch is set to determine whether an audible alarm is generated.

l If you set the mute switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it isfaulty.

l If you set the mute switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm whenit is faulty.

6.12.3 LEDs on the PAMU BoardThere are two LEDs on the PAMU board: RUN and ALM.

Table 6-47 describes the LEDs on the PAMU board.

Table 6-47 LEDs on the PAMU board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The PAMU board is functional andcommunicates with the SCUa boardproperly.

ON for 0.25s and OFFfor 0.25s

The PAMU board is faulty or it does notcommunicate with the SCUa boardproperly.

OFF The power supply to the PAMU boardis abnormal or the power distributionbox does not work properly.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON The power distribution box is faulty.During the self-check of the PAMUboard, however, the ALM LED is alsoON. This indicates that the ALM LEDis functional.

6.12.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU BoardThe PAMU provides an SW1 DIP switch.

Figure 6-15 shows the layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board.

Figure 6-15 Layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-59

Page 138: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

With four bits, the DIP switch SW1 is used to set the address of the PAMU board.

To set the address, first remove the PAMU board and then set the SW1 as described in Table6-48.

Table 6-48 DIP switch on the PAMU board

Address Bit Setting of DIP Bit Description

0 1 (the most significantbit)

ON 0

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the least significantbit)

ON 0

NOTE

In the BSC6900, the DIP switch on the PAMU board must be set as described in Table 6-48.

6.12.5 Technical Specifications of the PAMU BoardThe technical specifications of the PAMU board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, and weight.

Table 6-49 describes the technical specifications of the PAMU board.

Table 6-49 Technical specifications of the PAMU board

Item Specification

Dimensions 340 mm × 72 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode

Power consumption 15 W

Weight 0.2 kg

6.13 PEUa BoardPEUa refers to 32-port Packet over E1/T1/J1 interface Unit REV:a. The PEUa board is optional.It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number of PEUa boards to be installeddepends on site requirements. For the MPS, the PEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 23.For the EPS, the PEUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the PEUa boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-60 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 139: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.13.1 Functions of the PEUa BoardAs an interface board, the PEUa board supports E1/T1 transmission.

6.13.2 Panel of the PEUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the PEUa board.

6.13.3 LEDs on the PEUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the PEUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.13.4 Ports on the PEUa BoardThere are four E1/T1 ports and two clock signal output ports on the PEUa board.

6.13.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa BoardThe PEUa board provides five DIP switches, namely, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

6.13.6 Technical Specifications of the PEUa BoardThe technical specifications of the PEUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of thedimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relativehumidity.

6.13.1 Functions of the PEUa BoardAs an interface board, the PEUa board supports E1/T1 transmission.

The PEUa board performs the following functions:

l Provides 32 channels of IP over PPP/MLPPP over E1/T1l Provides 128 PPP links or 32 MLPPP groups, each MLPPP group containing 8 MLPPP

linksl Provides the Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function between the active and standby PEUa

boardsl Transmits, receives, encodes, and decodes 32 channels of E1s/T1s. The E1 transmission

rate is 2.048 Mbit/s; the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.l Supports the Iub interfaces

6.13.2 Panel of the PEUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the PEUa board.

Figure 6-16 shows the panel of the PEUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-61

Page 140: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-16 Panel of the PEUa board

6.13.3 LEDs on the PEUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the PEUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-50 describes the LEDs on the PEUa board.

Table 6-50 LEDs on the PEUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-62 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 141: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

6.13.4 Ports on the PEUa BoardThere are four E1/T1 ports and two clock signal output ports on the PEUa board.

Table 6-51 describes the ports on the PEUa board.

Table 6-51 Ports on the PEUa board

Port Function ConnectorType

E1/T1 (0-7) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and receive E1/T1signals on channels 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and receive E1/T1signals on channels 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and receive E1/T1signals on channels 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31) E1/T1 port, used to transmit and receive E1/T1signals on channels 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1 Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs SMB maleconnector

6.13.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa BoardThe PEUa board provides five DIP switches, namely, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

Figure 6-17 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-63

Page 142: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-17 Layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-64 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 143: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l All DIP switches are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panel is combined with the bottomplate, so the DIP switches are not exposed.

l DIP switches S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10 are set from the side. As shown in Figure 6-17, there are twosquare holes between DIP switches, one between S2 and S4, and the other between S8 and S6. Throughthe two holes, you can set S2, S4, S8, and S6. DIP switch S10 is located in the right corner of the sub-board, and thus you can set S10 along the side. The direction of the arrow in Figure 6-17 is to turninwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, or S8 to ON, turn them inwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, orS8 to OFF, turn them outwards. To set the bits of S10 to ON, turn them outwards. To set the bits ofS10 to OFF, turn them inwards.

l You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to set S10. If there is any inconsistency betweenthe physical setting of S10 on the PEUa board and the setting of S10 by command, take the setting bycommand as the criterion. By default, the working mode of S10 is set to E1. You can also run the SETE1T1 command on the LMT to change the working mode of S10 from E1 mode to E1 balanced mode,E1 unbalanced mode, or T1 mode. When you run the SET E1T1 command to set the support forbalanced and unbalanced modes parameter to No and set the working mode of S10 to E1, you mustalso manually set the bits of S10 to set the working mode of S10 to E1 balanced mode or E1 unbalancedmode.

l If signals are transmitted in E1 unbalanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 75-ohm coaxialcable and the TX end of the cable is grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to ON. If signalsare transmitted in E1(T1) balanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 120-ohm twisted paircable and the TX end of the cable is not grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to OFF.

DIP switches S2, S4, S6, and S8 on the PEUa board are used to enable or disable the groundingof 0 to 31 E1s/T1s/J1s at the TX end. DIP switch S10 is used to set the working mode to E1balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode, T1 mode, or J1 mode. Table 6-52 describes the DIPswitches on the PEUa board.

Table 6-52 Description about DIP switches on the PEUa board

DIPSwitch

Bit Description Setting of DIPSwitch

Meaning

S2 1-8 TX ground switch ofE1s/T1s/J1s 24 to 31

ON Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

OFF Setting theworking mode toother modes

S4 1-8 TX ground switch ofE1s/T1s/J1s 16 to 23

ON Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

OFF Setting theworking mode toother modes

S6 1-8 TX ground switch ofE1s/T1s/J1s 0 to 7

ON Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-65

Page 144: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

DIPSwitch

Bit Description Setting of DIPSwitch

Meaning

OFF Setting theworking mode toother modes

S8 1-8 TX ground switch ofE1s/T1s/J1s 8 to 15

ON Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

OFF Setting theworking mode toother modes

S10 1-2 DIP switch for setting theworking mode,consisting of two bits

(ON, ON) Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

(OFF, ON) Setting theworking mode toE1 balancedmode

(ON, OFF) Setting theworking mode toT1 mode

(OFF, OFF) Setting theworking mode toJ1 mode

NOTE

All the DIP switches are set to E1 balanced mode by default, that is, all the bits of S2, S4, S6, and S8 areset to OFF. For S10, the first bit is set to OFF, and the second bit to ON.

6.13.6 Technical Specifications of the PEUa BoardThe technical specifications of the PEUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the board processing capability. The hardware specifications consist of thedimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature, and relativehumidity.

Table 6-53 describes the hardware specifications of the PEUa board.

Table 6-53 Hardware specifications of the PEUa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-66 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 145: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 27.53 W

Weight 1.30 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Table 6-54 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-54 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 2,800 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 850 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput(UL)

60 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

60 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

120 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

6.14 PFCU BoardPFCU refers to Fan Control Unit. The PFCU board is installed in the front of the fan box. Eachfan box is configured with one PFCU board.

6.14.1 Functions of the PFCU BoardThe PFCU board is used to monitor the fan box.

6.14.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU BoardThe PFCU board has one DIP switch, which is named SW1 and consists of four bits. The DIPswitch is used to set the address of the PFCU board. When the PFCU board is configured in a

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-67

Page 146: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

fan box of the service subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 1. When the PFCU boardis configured in the independent fan subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 4.

6.14.3 Technical Specifications of the PFCU BoardThe technical specifications of the PFCU board consist of the dimensions, input voltage range,frequency of PWM signals, detectable temperature range, and requirement for fan speedadjustment.

6.14.1 Functions of the PFCU BoardThe PFCU board is used to monitor the fan box.

The PFCU board performs the following functions:

l Monitors the working status of the fans in the fan box and displays the status through theLED

l Communicates with the SCUa board, to report the working status of the fan boxl Collects temperature information and detects the temperature through temperature sensorsl Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals which are used to adjust the fan

speedl Reports the working status and alarms of the fans in the fan box through the LED

6.14.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU BoardThe PFCU board has one DIP switch, which is named SW1 and consists of four bits. The DIPswitch is used to set the address of the PFCU board. When the PFCU board is configured in afan box of the service subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 1. When the PFCU boardis configured in the independent fan subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 4.

DIP Switch on the PFCU Board (in a Fan Box of the service subrack)Figure 6-18 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU board.

Figure 6-18 DIP switch on the PFCU board

To set the address of the PFCU board, remove the fan box, and then set SW1 as described inTable 6-55. For how to remove the fan box, see Replacing the Fan Box. After setting the DIPswitch, the address of the PFCU board is 1.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-68 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 147: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-55 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in a fan box of the service subrack)

DIP Switch Bit Setting of DIPSwitch

Description

SW1 1 (the least significantbit)

OFF 1

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the most significantbit)

ON 0

DIP Switch on the PFCU Board (in the Independent Fan Subrack)

Figure 6-19 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU board.

Figure 6-19 DIP switch on the PFCU board

To set the address of the PFCU board, remove the fan box, and then set SW1 as described inTable 6-56. For how to remove the fan box, see Replacing the Fan Box. After the setting, theaddress of the PFCU board is 4.

Table 6-56 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in the independent fan subrack)

DIP Switch Bit Setting of DIPSwitch

Description

SW1 1 (the least significantbit)

ON 0

2 ON 0

3 OFF 1

4 (the most significantbit)

ON 0

NOTE

The DIP switch on the PFCU board of the BSC6900 must be set according to the preceding descriptions.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-69

Page 148: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.14.3 Technical Specifications of the PFCU BoardThe technical specifications of the PFCU board consist of the dimensions, input voltage range,frequency of PWM signals, detectable temperature range, and requirement for fan speedadjustment.

Table 6-57 describes the technical specifications of the PFCU board.

Table 6-57 Technical specifications of the PFCU board

Item Specification

Dimensions 270 mm x 35 mm

Input voltage range -40 V DC to -57 V DC

Frequency of PWM signals 1 kHz

Detectable temperature range -5°Cto +55°C(basic requirement)

Requirement for fan speed adjustment The speed of the fans can be adjusted from 55%to 100% of the full speed.

6.15 PFCB BoardPFCB refers to Fan Control Board. The PFCB board is installed in the front of the fan box. Eachfan box is configured with one PFCB board.

6.15.1 Functions of the PFCB BoardThe PFCB board is used to monitor the fan box.

6.15.2 Pins on the PFCB BoardThe PFCB board provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers,these pins are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB board. The settings of thesepins depend on the installation position of the PFCB board.

6.15.3 Technical Specifications of the PFCU BoardThe technical specifications of the PFCB board consist of the dimensions, input voltage range,frequency of Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) signals, detectable temperature range, andrequirement for fan speed adjustment.

6.15.1 Functions of the PFCB BoardThe PFCB board is used to monitor the fan box.

The PFCB board performs the following functions:

l Monitors the working status of the fans in the fan box and displays the status through theLED

l Communicates with the SCUa board, to report the working status of the fan box, andresponds to the fan speed adjustment command

l Collects temperature information through temperature sensors and intelligently adjusts thefan speed based on the temperature information

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-70 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 149: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

l Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals which are used to adjust the fanspeed

l Reports the working status and alarms of the fans in the fan box through the LED

6.15.2 Pins on the PFCB BoardThe PFCB board provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers,these pins are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB board. The settings of thesepins depend on the installation position of the PFCB board.

Pins on the PFCB Board (in a Fan Box of the service subrack)Figure 6-20 shows the pins on the PFCB board.

Figure 6-20 Pins on the PFCB board

To set the address of the PFCB board, first remove the fan box and then set the pins as describedin Table 6-58.

Table 6-58 Pins on the PFCB board (in a fan box of the service subrack)

PinNumber

1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16

Connected tojumper

No No No No Yes No No No

Pins on the PFCB Board (in the Independent Fan Subrack)Figure 6-21 shows the pins on the PFCB board.

Figure 6-21 Pins on the PFCB board

To set the address of the PFCB board, first remove the fan box and then set the pins as describedin Table 6-59.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-71

Page 150: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-59 Pins on the PFCB board (in the independent fan subrack)

PinNumber

1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16

Connected tojumper

No No No No No No Yes No

NOTE

The pins on the PFCB board of the BSC6900 must be set according to the preceding descriptions.

6.15.3 Technical Specifications of the PFCU BoardThe technical specifications of the PFCB board consist of the dimensions, input voltage range,frequency of Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) signals, detectable temperature range, andrequirement for fan speed adjustment.

Table 6-60 describes the technical specifications of the PFCB board.

Table 6-60 Technical specifications of the PFCB board

Item Specification

Dimensions 390 mm × 50 mm

Input voltage range -40 V DC to -57 V DC

Frequency of PWM signals 1 kHz

Detectable temperature range -5°Cto +55°C(basic requirement)

Requirement for fan speed adjustment The speed of the fans can be adjusted from 55%to 100% of the full speed.

6.16 POUa BoardPOUa refers to 2-port IP over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:a. ThePOUa board is optional. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. The number of POUaboards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the POUa board can beinstalled in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the POUa board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the POUa boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.16.1 Functions of the POUa BoardAs an interface board, the POUa board supports channelized STM-1/OC-3 transmission basedon IP protocol.

6.16.2 Panel of the POUa Board

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-72 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 151: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

There are LEDs and ports on the panel of the POUa board.

6.16.3 LEDs on the POUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the POUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.16.4 Ports on the POUa BoardThere are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the POUa board.

6.16.5 DIP Switches on the POUa BoardThe POUa board provides two DIP switches, both of which are labeled S1. The two DIP switchesare used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.

6.16.6 Technical Specifications of the POUa BoardThe technical specifications of the POUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6.16.1 Functions of the POUa BoardAs an interface board, the POUa board supports channelized STM-1/OC-3 transmission basedon IP protocol.

The POUa board performs the following functions:

l Provides two channels over channelized optical STM-1/OC-3 ports based on IP protocoll Supports IP over E1/T1 over SDH/SONETl Provides MLPPP groups.l Supports 126 E1s or 168 T1sl Provides the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function between the active and

standby OIUa boardsl Supports the Iub interfacesl Supports the extraction of line clock signals

6.16.2 Panel of the POUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the POUa board.

Figure 6-22 shows the panel of the POUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-73

Page 152: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-22 Panel of the POUa board

6.16.3 LEDs on the POUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the POUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-61 describes the LEDs on the POUa board.

Table 6-61 LEDs on the POUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-74 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 153: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

6.16.4 Ports on the POUa BoardThere are two optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the POUa board.

Table 6-62 describes the ports on the POUa board.

Table 6-62 Ports on the POUa board

Port Function Connector Type

RX Optical port, used to transmit and receive opticalsignals. TX refers to the transmitting optical port,and RX refers to the receiving optical port.

LC/PC

TX

2M0 and2M1

Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs SMB male connector

6.16.5 DIP Switches on the POUa BoardThe POUa board provides two DIP switches, both of which are labeled S1. The two DIP switchesare used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.

Layout of the DIP SwitchesFigure 6-23 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-75

Page 154: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-23 Layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-76 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 155: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

CAUTIONAll the DIP switches on the POUa board are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panelis faced to and combined with the bottom plate, and so the DIP switches are hidden in between.

Description of the DIP SwitchesTable 6-63 describes the DIP switches on the POUa board.

Table 6-63 Description of the DIP switches on the POUa board

DIP Switch Bit Setting of DIP Bit Meaning

S1 1-2 (ON, ON) Setting loading modeto JTAG configuration

(OFF, OFF) Setting loading modeto CPU slave parallelconfiguration

3 ON Setting working modeto T1 mode

OFF Setting working modeto E1 mode

4 ON Setting the mappedpath to AU3

OFF Setting the mappedpath to AU4

5 ON Setting theinformation structureto TU11

OFF Setting theinformation structureto TU12

6 ON SONET

OFF SDH

7 - Reserved

8 - Reserved

NOTE

All the bits of the two DIP switches are set to OFF by default.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-77

Page 156: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.16.6 Technical Specifications of the POUa BoardThe technical specifications of the POUa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

Table 6-64 describes the hardware specifications of the POUa board.

Table 6-64 Hardware specifications of the POUa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 43.14 W

Weight 1.30 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Table 6-65 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-65 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 1,500 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput(UL)

120 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

120 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

240 Mbit/s

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-78 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 157: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

Table 6-66 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the POUa board.

Table 6-66 Specifications of the optical ports on the POUa board

Item Specification

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-2 km-MM-SFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-15 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-40 km-SM-ESFP

Mode Multi-mode Single mode Single mode

Type LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC

Maximumopticaltransmissiondistance

2 km 15 km 40 km

Maximumoutput opticalpower

-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm 0.0 dBm

Minimumoutput opticalpower

-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm

Minimumreceiversensitivity

-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

Centerwavelength

1,310 nm 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmissionrate

155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

6.17 POUc BoardPOUc refers to 4-port IP over channelized Optical STM-1/OC-3 interface Unit REV:c. ThePOUc board is optional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The number of POUcboards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the POUc board can beinstalled in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the POUc board can be installed in slots 14 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the POUc boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.17.1 Functions of the POUc BoardAs an interface board, the POUc board supports IP over channelized STM-1/OC-3 transmission.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-79

Page 158: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.17.2 Panel of the POUc BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the POUc board.

6.17.3 LEDs on the POUc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the POUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

6.17.4 Ports on the POUc BoardThere are four optical ports on the POUc board.

6.17.5 Technical Specifications of the POUc BoardThe technical specifications of the POUc board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6.17.1 Functions of the POUc BoardAs an interface board, the POUc board supports IP over channelized STM-1/OC-3 transmission.

The POUc board performs the following functions:

l Provides four channels over channelized optical STM-1/OC-3 ports based on IP protocoll Supports the PPP functionl Extracts line clock signalsl Provides the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function between the active and

standby POUc boardsl Supports the Iur, and Iub interfaces

NOTEThe POUc board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1. These two CPUs perform different functions when theports on the POUc board use different transmission modes.

l When the ports on the POUc board use IP transmission, CPU0 mainly performs the management planefunctions, such as board management, alarm reporting, traffic statistics reporting, as well astransmission port management and maintenance, and CPU1 mainly performs the control planefunctions, such as establishment and clearing of channels for data flows.

l When the ports on the POUc board use TDM transmission, CPU0 mainly performs the managementplane and control plane functions, such as board management, alarm reporting, traffic statisticsreporting, transmission port management and maintenance, as well as establishment and clearing ofchannels for data flows, and CPU1 mainly processes the signaling according to the MTP2 and Ater SLprotocols.

6.17.2 Panel of the POUc BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the POUc board.

Figure 6-24 shows the panel of the POUc board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-80 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 159: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-24 Panel of the POUc board

6.17.3 LEDs on the POUc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the POUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 6-67 describes the LEDs on the POUc board.

Table 6-67 LEDs on the POUc board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loading state.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-81

Page 160: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LOS Green ON The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.

OFF The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.

6.17.4 Ports on the POUc BoardThere are four optical ports on the POUc board.

Table 6-68 describes the ports on the POUc board.

Table 6-68 Ports on the POUc board

Port Function Connector Type

RX Optical port, used to transmit and receive opticalsignals. TX refers to the transmitting optical port,and RX refers to the receiving optical port.

LC/PC

TX

6.17.5 Technical Specifications of the POUc BoardThe technical specifications of the POUc board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

Table 6-69 describes the hardware specifications of the POUc board.

Table 6-69 Hardware specifications of the POUc board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-82 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 161: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 77.25 W

Weight 1.50 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Table 6-70 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-70 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput(UL)

400 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

400 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

800 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput(UL)

400 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(DL)

400 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput(UL+DL)

800 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-83

Page 162: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-71 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the POUc board.

Table 6-71 Specifications of the optical ports on the POUc board

Item Specification

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-2 km-MM-SFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-15 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-40 km-SM-ESFP

Mode Multi-mode Single mode Single mode

Type LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC

Maximumopticaltransmissiondistance

2 km 15 km 40 km

Maximumoutput opticalpower

-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm 0.0 dBm

Minimumoutput opticalpower

-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm

Minimumreceiversensitivity

-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

Centerwavelength

1,310 nm 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmissionrate

155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

6.18 SCUa BoardSCUa refers to GE Switching network and Control Unit REV:a. The SCUa board is mandatory.Two SCUa boards must be installed in slots 6 and 7 in the MPS/EPS.

6.18.1 Functions of the SCUa BoardThe SCUa board provides the maintenance management and GE switching platform for thesubrack in which it is located. Thus, the BSC6900 internal MAC switching is implemented andthe internal switching in turn enables complete connection between modules of the BSC6900.

6.18.2 Panel of the SCUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SCUa board.

6.18.3 LEDs on the SCUa BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SCUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SCUaboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-84 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 163: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.18.4 Ports on the SCUa BoardThere are twelve 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, one COM port, one clock signal input port, andone TESTOUT port on the SCUa board.

6.18.5 Technical Specifications of the SCUa BoardThe technical specifications of the SCUa board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and switching capacity.

6.18.1 Functions of the SCUa BoardThe SCUa board provides the maintenance management and GE switching platform for thesubrack in which it is located. Thus, the BSC6900 internal MAC switching is implemented andthe internal switching in turn enables complete connection between modules of the BSC6900.

The SCUa board performs the following functions:

l Provides the maintenance management functionl Provides configuration and maintenance of a subrack or of the entire BSC6900l Monitors the power supply, fans, and environment of the cabinetl Supports the port trunking functionl Supports the active/standby switchoverl Enables inter-subrack connectionsl Provides a total switching capacity of 60 Gbit/sl Distributes clock signals and RFN signals for the BSC6900

6.18.2 Panel of the SCUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SCUa board.

Figure 6-25 shows the panel of the SCUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-85

Page 164: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-25 Panel of the SCUa board

6.18.3 LEDs on the SCUa BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SCUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SCUaboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 6-72 describes the LEDs on the SCUa board.

Table 6-72 LEDs on the SCUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-86 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 165: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Green OFF There is no datatransmission over theEthernet port.

Blinking There is data transmissionover the Ethernet port.

6.18.4 Ports on the SCUa BoardThere are twelve 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, one COM port, one clock signal input port, andone TESTOUT port on the SCUa board.

Table 6-73 describes the ports on the SCUa board.

Table 6-73 Ports on the SCUa board

Port Function ConnectorType

10/100/1000BASE-T0to10/100/1000BASE-T9

10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports, used for the inter-subrack connection.

RJ45

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-87

Page 166: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Port Function ConnectorType

10/100/1000BASE-T10 to10/100/1000BASE-T11

10M/100M/1000M Ethernet ports, the two ports are unusedin the BSC6900.

RJ45

COM Serial port for commissioning. RJ45

CLKIN Port for reference clock signal inputs, used to receive the 8kHz and the 1 PPS clock signals from the GCUa/GCGaboard.

RJ45

TESTOUT Port for clock signal outputs. The clock signals are used fortesting.

SMB maleconnector

6.18.5 Technical Specifications of the SCUa BoardThe technical specifications of the SCUa board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and switching capacity.

Table 6-74 describes the technical specifications of the SCUa board.

Table 6-74 Technical specifications of the SCUa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 54.5 W

Weight 1.2 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Switching capacity 60 Gbit/s

6.19 SPUa BoardSPUa refers to Signaling Processing Unit REV:a. The SPUa board is optional. Two to ten SPUaboards can be installed in the MPS/EPS. For the MPS, the SPUa boards can be installed in slots

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-88 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 167: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

0 to 5, slots 8 to 11, slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 0 to5, slots 8 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the SPUa boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.19.1 Functions of the SPUa BoardLoaded with different software, the SPUa board is functionally divided into main control SPUaboard and non-main control SPUa board. The main control SPUa board is used to manage theUMTS user plane resources, control plane resources, and transmission resources in the systemand process the UMTS services on the control plane. The non-main control SPUa board is usedto process the UMTS services on the control plane.

6.19.2 Panel of the SPUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SPUa board.

6.19.3 LEDs on the SPUa BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SPUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUbboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

6.19.4 Ports on the SPUa BoardThere are four 10/100/1000BASE-T ports on the SPUa board.

6.19.5 Technical Specifications of the SPUa BoardThe technical specifications of the SPUa board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and board processing capability.

6.19.1 Functions of the SPUa BoardLoaded with different software, the SPUa board is functionally divided into main control SPUaboard and non-main control SPUa board. The main control SPUa board is used to manage theUMTS user plane resources, control plane resources, and transmission resources in the systemand process the UMTS services on the control plane. The non-main control SPUa board is usedto process the UMTS services on the control plane.

Main Control SPUa BoardThe main control SPUa board has four logical subsystems.

Subsystem 0 of the main control SPUa board is the Main Processing Unit (MPU). It is used tomanage the user plane resources, control plane resources, and transmission resources of thesystem. The functions are described as follows:

l Managing the user plane resources; managing the load sharing of the user plane resourcesbetween subracks

l Maintaining the load of the control plane within the subrack; exchanging the loadinformation on the control planes between subracks

l Providing functions such as the logical main control function of the BSC6900, the IMSI-RNTI maintenance and query, and the IMSI-CNid maintenance and query

l Forwarding the RRC connection request message to implement the sharing of user planeresources and sharing of control plane resources in the BSC6900

Subsystems 1 to 3 of the main control SPUa board belong to the CPU for Service (CPUS), whichis used to process the services on the control plane. The functions are described as follows:

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-89

Page 168: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

l Processing upper-layer signaling over the Uu, Iu, Iur, and Iub interfacesl Processing transport layer signalingl Allocating and managing the various resources that are necessary for service setup, and

establishing signaling and service connectionsl Processing RFN signaling

Non-Main Control SPUa BoardThe non-main control SPUa board has four logical subsystems.

The four subsystems of the non-main control SPUa board belong to the CPUS, which is used toprocess the services on the control plane. The functions are described as follows:

l Processing upper-layer signaling over the Uu, Iu, Iur, and Iub interfacesl Processing transport layer signalingl Allocating and managing the various resources that are necessary for service setup, and

establishing signaling and service connectionsl Processing RFN signaling

6.19.2 Panel of the SPUa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SPUa board.

Figure 6-26 shows the panel of the SPUa board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-90 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 169: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-26 Panel of the SPUa board

6.19.3 LEDs on the SPUa BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SPUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUbboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 6-75 describes the LEDs on the SPUa board.

Table 6-75 LEDs on the SPUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-91

Page 170: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Green OFF There is no data transmission overthe Ethernet port.

Blinking There is data transmission over theEthernet port.

6.19.4 Ports on the SPUa BoardThere are four 10/100/1000BASE-T ports on the SPUa board.

Table 6-76 describes the ports on the SPUa board.

Table 6-76 Ports on the SPUa board

Port Function

10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3

Ethernet ports

6.19.5 Technical Specifications of the SPUa BoardThe technical specifications of the SPUa board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and board processing capability.

Table 6-77 describes the technical specifications of the SPUa board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-92 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 171: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-77 Technical specifications of the SPUa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 76.60 W

Weight 1.60 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Processing capability of the main controlSPUa board

Supporting 100 NodeBs, 300 cells, and 67,500BHCAs

Processing capability of the non-maincontrol SPUa board

Supporting 100 NodeBs, 300 cells, and 90,000Busy Hour Call Attempts (BHCAs)

NOTE

The preceding values are calculated on the basis of Huawei traffic model. In practice, the values can becalculated on the basis of the actual traffic model.

6.20 SPUb BoardSPUb refers to Signaling Processing Unit REV:b. The SPUb board is optional. Two to ten SPUbboards can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. For the MPS, the SPUb boards can be installedin slots 0 to 5, slots 8 to 11, and slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the SPUb boards can be installedin slots 0 to 5 and slots 8 to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the SPUb boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.20.1 Functions of the SPUb BoardLoaded with different software, the SPUb board is functionally divided into main control SPUbboard and non-main control SPUb board. The main control SPUb board is used to manage theUMTS user plane resources, control plane resources, and transmission resources in the systemand process the UMTS services on the control plane. The non-main control SPUb board is usedto process the UMTS services on the control plane.

6.20.2 Panel of the SPUb BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SPUb board.

6.20.3 LEDs on the SPUb Board

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-93

Page 172: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Among all the LEDs on the SPUb board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUbboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

6.20.4 Ports on the SPUb BoardThere are four 10/100/1000BASE-T ports on the SPUb board.

6.20.5 Technical Specifications of the SPUb BoardThe technical specifications of the SPUb board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and board processing capability.

6.20.1 Functions of the SPUb BoardLoaded with different software, the SPUb board is functionally divided into main control SPUbboard and non-main control SPUb board. The main control SPUb board is used to manage theUMTS user plane resources, control plane resources, and transmission resources in the systemand process the UMTS services on the control plane. The non-main control SPUb board is usedto process the UMTS services on the control plane.

Main Control SPUb Board

The main control SPUb board has eight logical subsystems.

Subsystem 0 of the main control SPUb board is the Main Processing Unit (MPU). It is used tomanage the user plane resources, control plane resources, and transmission resources of thesystem. The functions are described as follows:

l Managing the user plane resources; managing the load sharing of the user plane resourcesbetween subracks

l Maintaining the load of the control plane within the subrack; exchanging the loadinformation on the control planes between subracks

l Providing functions such as the logical main control function of the BSC6900, the IMSI-RNTI maintenance and query, and the IMSI-CNid maintenance and query

l Forwarding the RRC connection request message to implement the sharing of user planeresources and sharing of control plane resources in the BSC6900

Subsystems 1 to 7 of the main control SPUb board belong to the CPU for Service (CPUS), whichis used to process the services on the control plane. The functions are described as follows:

l Processing upper-layer signaling over the Uu, Iu, Iur, and Iub interfacesl Processing transport layer signalingl Allocating and managing the various resources that are necessary for service setup, and

establishing signaling and service connectionsl Processing RFN signaling

Non-Main Control SPUb Board

The non-main control SPUb board has eight logical subsystems.

The eight subsystems of the non-main control SPUb board belong to the CPUS, which is usedto process the services on the control plane. The functions are described as follows:

l Processing upper-layer signaling over the Uu, Iu, Iur, and Iub interfaces

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-94 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 173: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

l Processing transport layer signalingl Allocating and managing the various resources that are necessary for service setup, and

establishing signaling and service connectionsl Processing RFN signaling

6.20.2 Panel of the SPUb BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the SPUb board.

Figure 6-27 shows the panel of the SPUb board.

Figure 6-27 Panel of the SPUb board

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-95

Page 174: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.20.3 LEDs on the SPUb BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SPUb board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUbboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 6-78 describes the LEDs on the SPUb board.

Table 6-78 LEDs on the SPUb board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Orange OFF There is no data transmission overthe Ethernet port.

Blinking There is data transmission over theEthernet port.

6.20.4 Ports on the SPUb BoardThere are four 10/100/1000BASE-T ports on the SPUb board.

Table 6-79 describes the ports on the SPUb board.

Table 6-79 Ports on the SPUb board

Port Function

10/100/1000BASE-T0 to10/100/1000BASE-T3

Ethernet ports

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-96 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 175: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.20.5 Technical Specifications of the SPUb BoardThe technical specifications of the SPUb board consist of the dimensions, power supply, powerconsumption, weight, operating temperature, relative humidity, and board processing capability.

Table 6-80 describes the technical specifications of the SPUb board.

Table 6-80 Technical specifications of the SPUb board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode.The backplane of the subrack is responsible forthe power supply.

Power consumption 52.3 W

Weight 1.2 kg

Operating temperature (long-term) 0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature (short-term) -5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity (long-term) 5% to 85%

Relative humidity (short-term) 5% to 95%

Processing capability of the main controlSPUb board

Supporting 180 NodeBs, 600 cells, and 140,000BHCAs

Processing capability of the non-maincontrol SPUb board

Supporting 180 NodeBs, 600 cells, and 140,000BHCAs

NOTE

The preceding values are calculated on the basis of Huawei traffic model. In practice, the values can becalculated on the basis of the actual traffic model.

6.21 UOIa BoardUOIa refers to 4-port ATM/Packet over Unchannelized Optical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unitREV:a. The UOIa board is optional. It can be installed either in the MPS or in the EPS. Thenumber of UOIa boards to be installed depends on site requirements. For the MPS, the UOIaboard can be installed in slots 14 to 23. For the EPS, the UOIa board can be installed in slots 14to 27.

NOTEIf the OMUa boards are not installed in slots 24 to 27 of the MPS, the UOIa boards can be installed in slots 24to 27 of the MPS.

6.21.1 Functions of the UOIa BoardAs an optical interface board, the UOIa board supports ATM over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3ctransmission or IP over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3c transmission by loading differentapplications.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-97

Page 176: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.21.2 Panel of the UOIa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the UOIa board.

6.21.3 LEDs on the UOIa BoardThere are three LEDs on the UOIa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

6.21.4 Ports on the UOIa BoardThere are four optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the UOIa board.

6.21.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIa BoardThe technical specifications of the UOIa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6.21.1 Functions of the UOIa BoardAs an optical interface board, the UOIa board supports ATM over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3ctransmission or IP over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3c transmission by loading differentapplications.

The UOIa board performs the following functions:

l Provides four unchannelized STM-1/OC-3c optical interfacesl Supports ATM/IP over SDH/SONETl Provides the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function between the active and

standby OIUa boardsl Supports the Iu, Iur, and Iub interfacesl Supports the extraction of line clock signals

6.21.2 Panel of the UOIa BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the UOIa board.

Figure 6-28 shows the panel of the UOIa board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-98 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 177: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-28 Panel of the UOIa board

6.21.3 LEDs on the UOIa BoardThere are three LEDs on the UOIa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 6-81 describes the LEDs on the UOIa board.

Table 6-81 LEDs on the UOIa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-99

Page 178: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

6.21.4 Ports on the UOIa BoardThere are four optical ports and two clock signal output ports on the UOIa board.

Table 6-82 describes the ports on the UOIa board.

Table 6-82 Ports on the UOIa board

Port Function Connector Type

RX Optical port, used to transmit and receiveoptical signals. TX refers to the transmittingoptical port, and RX refers to the receivingoptical port.

LC/PC

TX

2M0 and2M1

Port for 2 MHz clock signal outputs SMB male connector

6.21.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIa BoardThe technical specifications of the UOIa board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

Table 6-83 describes the hardware specifications of the UOIa board.

Table 6-83 Hardware specifications of the UOIa board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-100 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 179: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplane ofthe subrack is responsible for the power supply.

Power consumption 30.05 W

Weight 1.15 kg

Operating temperature(long-term)

0°Cto 45°C

Operating temperature(short-term)

-5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity(long-term)

5% to 85%

Relative humidity(short-term)

5% to 95%

Table 6-84 describes the specifications of the processing capability of the UOIa board in ATMtransmission mode.

Table 6-84 Specifications of the processing capability of the UOIa board in ATM transmissionmode

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 9,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 3,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 225 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 225 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

450 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CS domain 9,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 3,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 225 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 225 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

450 Mbit/s

Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain 9,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 3,000 Erlang

Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) 150 Mbit/s

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-101

Page 180: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 385 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

535 Mbit/s

Table 6-85 describes the specifications of the processing capability of the UOIa board in IPtransmission mode.

Table 6-85 Specifications of the processing capability of the UOIa board in IP transmissionmode

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 1,500 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 120 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 120 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

240 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 1,500 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 120 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 120 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

240 Mbit/s

Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain 6,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 1,500 Erlang

Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) 250 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 250 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

500 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

Table 6-86 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the UOIa board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-102 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 181: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-86 Specifications of the optical ports on the UOIa board

Item Specification

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-2 km-MM-SFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-15 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-40 km-SM-ESFP

Mode Multi-mode Single mode Single mode

Type LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC

Maximumopticaltransmissiondistance

2 km 15 km 40 km

Maximumoutput opticalpower

-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm 0.0 dBm

Minimumoutput opticalpower

-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm

Minimumreceiversensitivity

-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

Centerwavelength

1,310 nm 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmissionrate

155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

6.22 UOIc BoardUOIc refers to 8-port ATM/Packet over Unchannelized Optical STM-1/OC-3c Interface unitREV:c. The UOIc board is optional. It can be installed in the MPS and in the EPS. The numberof UOIc boards to be installed depends on site requirements. The UOIc board can be installedin slots 16 to 23 in the MPS/EPS.

6.22.1 Functions of the UOIc BoardAs an optical interface board, the UOIc board supports ATM over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3ctransmission.

6.22.2 Panel of the UOIc BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the UOIc board.

6.22.3 LEDs on the UOIc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the UOIc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

6.22.4 Ports on the UOIc BoardThere are eight optical ports on the UOIc board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-103

Page 182: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

6.22.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIc BoardThe technical specifications of the UOIc board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

6.22.1 Functions of the UOIc BoardAs an optical interface board, the UOIc board supports ATM over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3ctransmission.

The UOIc board performs the following functions:

l Provides eight channels over unchannelized STM-1/OC-3c optical portsl Supports ATM over SDH/SONETl Supports the extraction of line clock signalsl Provides the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function between the active and

standby POUc boardsl Supports the Iu, Iur, and Iub interfaces

NOTEThe UOIc board has two CPUs: CPU0 and CPU1. CPU0 mainly performs the management plane functions,such as board management, alarm reporting, traffic statistics reporting, as well as transmission port managementand maintenance. CPU1 mainly performs the control plane functions, such as establishment and clearing ofchannels for data flows.

6.22.2 Panel of the UOIc BoardThere are LEDs and ports on the panel of the UOIc board.

Figure 6-29 shows the panel of the UOIc board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-104 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 183: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 6-29 Panel of the UOIc board

6.22.3 LEDs on the UOIc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the UOIc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 6-87 describes the LEDs on the UOIc board.

Table 6-87 LEDs on the UOIc board

LED Color

Status Description

RUN Green

ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-105

Page 184: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color

Status Description

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green

ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LOS Green

ON The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.

OFF The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.

6.22.4 Ports on the UOIc BoardThere are eight optical ports on the UOIc board.

Table 6-88 describes the ports on the UOIc board.

Table 6-88 Ports on the UOIc board

Port Function Connector Type

RX Optical port, used to transmit and receiveoptical signals. TX refers to the transmittingoptical port, and RX refers to the receivingoptical port.

LC/PC

TX

6.22.5 Technical Specifications of the UOIc BoardThe technical specifications of the UOIc board consist of hardware specifications andspecifications of the optical ports and board processing capability. The hardware specificationsconsist of the dimensions, power supply, power consumption, weight, operating temperature,and relative humidity.

Table 6-89 describes the hardware specifications of the UOIc board.

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-106 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 185: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 6-89 Hardware specifications of the UOIc board

Item Specification

Dimensions 366.7 mm × 220 mm

Power supply Two -48 V DC working in active/standby mode. The backplane of thesubrack is responsible for the power supply.

Power consumption 86.52 W

Weight 1.50 kg

Operatingtemperature (long-term)

0°Cto 45°C

Operatingtemperature (short-term)

-5°Cto +55°C

Relative humidity(long-term)

5% to 85%

Relative humidity(short-term)

5% to 95%

Table 6-90 describes the specifications of the board processing capability.

Table 6-90 Specifications of the board processing capability

Item Specification

Iub Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 9,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 800 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 800 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

1200 Mbit/s

Iur Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

Data service in the CS domain 9,000 Erlang

Maximum payload throughput (UL) 800 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 800 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

1200 Mbit/s

Iu-CS Speech service in the CS domain 18,000 Erlang

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 6 Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-107

Page 186: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Item Specification

Data service in the CS domain 9,000 Erlang

Iu-PS Maximum payload throughput (UL) 900 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (DL) 900 Mbit/s

Maximum payload throughput (UL+DL)

1,800 Mbit/s

NOTE

l The preceding specifications are the maximum capability regarding the corresponding service.

l The data service in the CS domain indicates the 64 kbit/s video phone service.

Table 6-91 describes the specifications of the optical ports on the UOIc board.

Table 6-91 Specifications of the optical ports on the UOIc board

Item Specification

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-2 km-MM-SFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-15 km-SM-ESFP

Optical Module 155M-1310 nm-40 km-SM-ESFP

Mode Multi-mode Single mode Single mode

Type LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC

Maximumopticaltransmissiondistance

2 km 15 km 40 km

Maximumoutput opticalpower

-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm 0.0 dBm

Minimumoutput opticalpower

-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm

Minimumreceiversensitivity

-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

Centerwavelength

1,310 nm 1,310 nm 1,310 nm

Transmissionrate

155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s 155.52 Mbit/s

6 BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

6-108 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 187: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

7 Cables

About This Chapter

This chapter describes all the cables used inside and outside the BSC6900 cabinet.

7.1 Power CablesThe power cables are mandatory and are of two categories, that is, external power cables andinternal power cables. The power cables are the -48 V power cables and the RTN power cables.

7.2 PGND CablesThe PGND cables consist of external PGND cable, inter-cabinet PGND cables, PGND cable forthe power distribution box, PGND cables for the subrack, PGND cable for the independent fansubrack, and PGND cables for the cabinet door. The PGND cable is mandatory.

7.3 Optical CableThe optical cable is optional in the BSC6900. It is used to connect the optical interface board tothe Optical Distribution Frame (ODF) or other NEs. The number of optical cables to be installeddepends on the site requirements.

7.4 75-ohm Coaxial CableThe 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of trunk cable. It is optional. The number of 75-ohm coaxialcables to be installed depends on the site requirements. This cable connects the active/standbyAEUa/PEUa board to the Digital Distribution Frame (DDF) or other NEs and transmits E1 trunksignals.

7.5 Active/Standby 75-ohm Coaxial CableThe active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. It is optional. The number ofactive/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables to be installed depends on site requirements. This cableconnects the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1signals.

7.6 120-ohm Twisted Pair CableThe 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of trunk cable. It is optional. The number of 120-ohmtwisted pair cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. This cable connects theactive/standby AEUa/PEUa board to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1 signals.

7.7 Active/Standby 120-ohm Twisted Pair CableThe active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. It is optional. Thenumber of 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be installed depends on site requirements. This cable

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-1

Page 188: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

connects the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1/T1 signals.

7.8 BITS Clock CableThe BITS clock cable is a type of clock signal cable. It is optional. The number of BITS clockcables to be installed depends on site requirements. This cable transmits the BITS clock signalsto the GCUa/GCGa board in the MPS. According to the impedance of the signal cables, theBITS clock signal cables are classified into 75-ohm coaxial clock cables and 120-ohm clockconversion cables.

7.9 Y-Shaped Clock CableThe Y-shaped clock cable is a type of clock signal cables. It is optional. The number of Y-shapedclock cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. This cable transmits the 8 kHzclock signals from the GCUa/GCGa board in the MPS to the SCUa board in the EPS.

7.10 Line Clock Signal CableThe line clock signal cable is optional. Two to four line clock signal cables can be installed totransmit the line clock signals which are received from the interface board of the EPS to theGCUa/GCGa board.

7.11 Straight-Through CableThe straight-through cable is of two types: the shielded straight-through cable and the unshieldedstraight-through cable. The unshielded straight-through cable is used to connect the SCUa boardsin different subracks. The shielded straight-through cable is used to connect the FG2a/OMUa/FG2c board to other devices. The number of straight-through cables to be installed depends onthe site requirements.

7.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan SubrackThe monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack transmits monitoring signals to theservice subracks.

7.13 Alarm Box Signal CableThe alarm box signal cable is a type of signal cable available in different specifications. Youcan choose one based on actual requirements. The alarm box signal cable is used to send thealarm information to the alarm box for audible and visual display.

7.14 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power Distribution BoxThe monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box transmits monitoring signals fromthe power distribution to the subracks through the independent fan subrack.

7.15 GPS Signal Transmission CableThe GPS signal transmission cable is optional. It is used to transmit the GPS clock signals tothe GCGa board where the clock signals are processed and then provided for the system to use.

7.16 OMU serial port cableThe OMU serial port cable is used to connect the OMU to the local maintenance terminal.

7.17 EMU RS485 Communication CableThe EMU RS485 communication cable is used to transmit signals between the BSC6900 andthe EMU.

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 189: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

7.1 Power CablesThe power cables are mandatory and are of two categories, that is, external power cables andinternal power cables. The power cables are the -48 V power cables and the RTN power cables.

Power Cable DescriptionThe external power cables connect the Power Distribution Frame (PDF) to the power distributionbox at the top of the cabinet. The external power cables need to be installed on site. The internalpower cables connect the power distribution box to the modules inside the cabinet. The internalpower cables are installed before the cabinet is delivered.

Table 7-1 describes the external power cables for the N68E-21-N cabinet. Table 7-2 describesthe external power cables for the N68E-22 cabinet.

Table 7-1 External power cables for the N68E-21-N cabinet

CableName

Color Cross-SectionalArea

mm2

Connector Type 1/InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType 2/InstallationPosition 2

Quantity

External -48 Vpowercable

Blue 25/35 2-hole JGterminal/-48 V DCinput port on thepower distributionbox

OT terminal/-48V DC outputport on the PDF

Four percabinet

External RTNpowercable

Black 25/35 2-hole JGterminal/-48 V DCinput port on thepower distributionbox

OT terminal/-48V DC outputport on the PDF

Four percabinet

Table 7-2 External power cables for the N68E-22 cabinet

CableName

Color Cross-SectionalArea

mm2

Connector Type 1/InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType 2/InstallationPosition 2

Quantity

External -48 Vpowercable

Blue 25/35 OT terminal/-48 VDC input port on thepower distributionbox

OTterminal/-48 VDC output porton the PDF

Four percabinet

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-3

Page 190: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

CableName

Color Cross-SectionalArea

mm2

Connector Type 1/InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType 2/InstallationPosition 2

Quantity

External RTNpowercable

Black 25/35 OT terminal/-48 VDC input port on thepower distributionbox

OTterminal/-48 VDC output porton the PDF

Four percabinet

NOTE

The cables delivered to different countries and regions are different in color and appearance. If engineersare to purchase the cables in the local area, ensure that the cables purchased meet the local specifications.

The connectors of the internal power cables for the N68E-22 cabinet are the same as those forthe N68E-21-N cabinet. Table 7-3 describes the internal power cables.

Table 7-3 Internal power cables (1)

CableName

Color Cross-SectionalArea

mm2

Connector Type 1/InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType 2/InstallationPosition 2

Quantity

Internal-48 VDCpowercable

Blue 10 OT terminal/-48 VDC output port onthe powerdistribution box

OTterminal/-48 VDC input porton the subrack

Two persubrack

InternalRTNpowercable

Black 10 OT terminal/-48 VDC output port onthe powerdistribution box

OTterminal/-48 VDC input porton the subrack

Two persubrack

Table 7-4 Internal power cables (2)

CableName

Color Cross-SectionalArea

mm2

ConnectorType 1/InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType 2/InstallationPosition 2

Quantity

Internal-48 VDCpowercable

Blue 2 OTterminal/-48 VDC input porton the powerdistributionbox

D-typeconnector/power inputport on theindependentfan subrack

Two per subrack

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 191: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

CableName

Color Cross-SectionalArea

mm2

ConnectorType 1/InstallationPosition 1

ConnectorType 2/InstallationPosition 2

Quantity

InternalRTNpowercable

Black 2 OTterminal/-48 VDC input porton the powerdistributionbox

D-typeconnector/power inputport on theindependentfan subrack

Two per subrack

Appearance

Figure 7-1 shows the internal power cable for subracks.

Figure 7-1 Internal power cable for subracks

(1) OT terminal

Figure 7-2 shows the internal power cable for the independent fan subrack.

Figure 7-2 Internal power cable for the independent fan subrack

Figure 7-3 shows the external power cable for the N68E-22 cabinet.

Figure 7-3 External power cable for the N68E-22 cabinet

(1) OT terminal

Figure 7-4 shows the external power cable for the N68E-21-N cabinet.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-5

Page 192: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-4 External power cable for the N68E-21-N cabinet

(1) OT terminal (2) 2-hole JG terminal

7.2 PGND CablesThe PGND cables consist of external PGND cable, inter-cabinet PGND cables, PGND cable forthe power distribution box, PGND cables for the subrack, PGND cable for the independent fansubrack, and PGND cables for the cabinet door. The PGND cable is mandatory.

Each cabinet must be configured with one external PGND cable. When the cabinets arecombined, three inter-cabinet PGND cables must be installed between every two adjacentcabinets. Other PGND cables are already installed in the cabinet before delivery.

Table 7-5 describes the PGND cables.

Table 7-5 PGND cables

CableName

Color Cross-SectionalArea

mm2

Connector Type1/InstallationPosition1

ConnectorType 2/InstallationPosition 2

Quantity

ExternalPGNDcable

Green andyellow

25/35 OTterminal/Grounding bolt atthe toprear ofeachcabinet

OT terminal/PGND outputport on the PDF

One percabinet

Inter-cabinetPGNDcable

Green andyellow

6 OTterminal/PGNDbusbar ofeachcabinet

OT terminal/PGND busbar ofeach cabinet

Threebetweenevery twoadjacentcabinets

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 193: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

CableName

Color Cross-SectionalArea

mm2

Connector Type1/InstallationPosition1

ConnectorType 2/InstallationPosition 2

Quantity

PGNDcable forthe powerdistribution box

Green andyellow

6 OTterminal/PGNDbusbar ofeachcabinet

OT terminal/Portfor PGND cableon the powerdistribution box

One perpowerdistributionbox

PGNDcable forthe subrack

Green andyellow

6 OTterminal/PGNDbusbar ofeachcabinet

OT terminal/Portfor the PGNDcable on thesubrack

Two persubrack

PGNDcable forthe cabinetdoor

Green andyellow

6 OTterminal/Grounding bolt onthe base

OT terminal/Grounding bolton the cabinetdoor

Eight percabinet

PGNDcable fortheindependent fansubrack

Green andyellow

6 OTterminal/PGNDbusbar ofeachcabinet

OT terminal/Grounding pointof theindependent fansubrack

One perindependentfan subrack

The PGND cable for the independent fan subrack is different from the other PGND cables forthe BSC6900. Figure 7-5 shows the PGND cable for the independent fan subrack. Figure 7-6shows the other PGND cables.

Figure 7-5 PGND cable for the independent fan subrack

Figure 7-6 Other PGND cables

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-7

Page 194: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

7.3 Optical CableThe optical cable is optional in the BSC6900. It is used to connect the optical interface board tothe Optical Distribution Frame (ODF) or other NEs. The number of optical cables to be installeddepends on the site requirements.

Classification of the Optical Cable

According to the types of optical connectors at both ends of the cable, the optical cable can beclassified into the following types:

l LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multi-mode optical cable

l LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multi-mode optical cable

l LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multi-mode optical cable

NOTE

l In actual installation, the LC/PC optical connector at one end of the cable is connected to the opticalinterface board in the BSC6900, and the connector type at the other end of the cable depends on siterequirements.

l The LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multi-mode optical cable connects the optical interface board to theODF or other NEs or connects the optical interface boards.

l In practice, two optical cables form a pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair are attached withtemporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be connectedto the RX port.

CAUTIONThe TX end and RX end of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, the opticalsignals cannot be received or transmitted.

BSC6900 Optical Cables

Table 7-6 shows the optical cables used in the BSC6900.

Table 7-6 BSC6900 optical cables

Optical Cable Type Appearance

LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multi-mode

LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multi-mode

LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multi-mode

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 195: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

InstallationThe optical cable has an LC/PC connector at one end connected to the optical interface boardin the BSC6900. The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC connector, SC/PCconnector, or FC/PC connector as required. Figure 7-7 shows the installation positions of theoptical cable.

Figure 7-7 Installation positions of the optical cable

7.4 75-ohm Coaxial CableThe 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of trunk cable. It is optional. The number of 75-ohm coaxialcables to be installed depends on the site requirements. This cable connects the active/standbyAEUa/PEUa board to the Digital Distribution Frame (DDF) or other NEs and transmits E1 trunksignals.

The 75-ohm coaxial cable used in the BSC6900 has 2 x 8 cores. That is, the 75-ohm coaxialcable is composed of two cables, each of which contains eight micro coaxial cables. All of the16 micro coaxial cables form eight E1 RX/TX links.

AppearanceFigure 7-8 shows the 75-ohm coaxial cable.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-9

Page 196: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-8 75-ohm coaxial cable

(1) DB44 connector (2) Main label (identifying the code, version, and manufacturer of thecable)

(3) Label (identifying a coaxial cable) (4) Metal case of the DB44 connector

The 75-ohm coaxial cable has a DB44 connector only at one end. You need to add a connectorto the other end according to the actual requirements.

Pin Assignment

The outer shielding layer of the 75-ohm coaxial cable is connected to the BSC6900 by the metalcase of the DB44 connector. Table 7-7 describes the pin assignment of the DB44 connectorsfor the micro coaxial cables of the 75-ohm coaxial cable.

Table 7-7 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for the micro coaxial cables

Pin ofDB44Connector

W1 Remarks Pin ofDB44Connector

W2 Remarks

Signal MicroCoaxial CableIdentifier

Signal MicroCoaxial CableIdentifier

38 Ring 1 R1 15 Ring 1 T1

23 Tip 30 Tip

37 Ring 2 R2 14 Ring 2 T2

22 Tip 29 Tip

36 Ring 3 R3 13 Ring 3 T3

21 Tip 28 Tip

35 Ring 4 R4 12 Ring 4 T4

20 Tip 27 Tip

34 Ring 5 R5 11 Ring 5 T5

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 197: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Pin ofDB44Connector

W1 Remarks Pin ofDB44Connector

W2 Remarks

Signal MicroCoaxial CableIdentifier

Signal MicroCoaxial CableIdentifier

19 Tip 26 Tip

33 Ring 6 R6 10 Ring 6 T6

18 Tip 25 Tip

32 Ring 7 R7 9 Ring 7 T7

17 Tip 24 Tip

31 Ring 8 R8 8 Ring 8 T8

16 Tip 7 Tip

Table 7-8 describes the bearers of the signals listed in Table 7-7.

Table 7-8 Bearers of the signals over the micro coaxial cable

Signal Bearer

Ring Shielding layer of micro coaxial cables

Tip Core of micro coaxial cables

InstallationOne end of the 75-ohm coaxial cable is connected to the E1/T1 electrical port on the AEUa/PEUa board. The other end of the cable is connected to the DDF or other NEs.

7.5 Active/Standby 75-ohm Coaxial CableThe active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. It is optional. The number ofactive/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables to be installed depends on site requirements. This cableconnects the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1signals.

AppearanceThe active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has 2 x 8 cores. That is, the active/standby 75-ohmcoaxial cable is composed of two cables, each of which contains eight micro coaxial cables. Allof the 16 micro coaxial cables form eight E1 RX/TX links.

Figure 7-9 shows the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-11

Page 198: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-9 Active/Standby 75-ohm coaxial cable

(1) DB44 connector (2) Metal case of the DB44 connector

(3) Label 1 (identifying a coaxial cable) (4) Main label (identifying the code, version, and manufacturer of thecable)

(5) Label 2 (identifying a coaxial cable)

The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has two DB44 connectors only at one end. You needto add connectors to the other end according to the actual requirements.

Table 7-9 and Table 7-11 describe the pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.

Table 7-9 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for W3 and W4

X1 W3 Remarks

X1 W4 Remarks

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal MicroCoaxialCableIdentifier

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal MicroCoaxialCableIdentifier

38 Ring 1 R1 15 Ring 1 T1

23 Tip 30 Tip

37 Ring 2 R2 14 Ring 2 T2

22 Tip 29 Tip

36 Ring 3 R3 13 Ring 3 T3

21 Tip 28 Tip

35 Ring 4 R4 12 Ring 4 T4

20 Tip 27 Tip

34 Ring 5 R5 11 Ring 5 T5

19 Tip 26 Tip

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 199: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

X1 W3 Remarks

X1 W4 Remarks

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal MicroCoaxialCableIdentifier

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal MicroCoaxialCableIdentifier

33 Ring 6 R6 10 Ring 6 T6

18 Tip 25 Tip

32 Ring 7 R7 9 Ring 7 T7

17 Tip 24 Tip

31 Ring 8 R8 8 Ring 8 T8

16 Tip 7 Tip

NOTE

In Table 7-9, T1 indicates the first-route E1 TX signal, and R1 indicates the first-route E1 RX signal.Similarly, RN indicates the Nth-route E1 RX signal, and TN indicates the Nth-route E1 TX signal.

Table 7-10 describes the signals of the micro coaxial cables listed in Table 7-9.

Table 7-10 Bearers of the signals over the micro coaxial cable

Signal Bearer

Ring Shielding layer of coaxial cables

Tip Core of coaxial cables

Table 7-11 Pin assignment of the connectors for W1 and W2

W2 W1

Pin of X1Connector

Pin of X2Connector

Remarks Pin of X1Connector

Pin of X2Connector

Remarks

38 38 PAIR 15 15 PAIR

23 23 30 30

37 37 PAIR 14 14 PAIR

22 22 29 29

36 36 PAIR 13 13 PAIR

21 21 28 28

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-13

Page 200: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

W2 W1

Pin of X1Connector

Pin of X2Connector

Remarks Pin of X1Connector

Pin of X2Connector

Remarks

35 35 PAIR 12 12 PAIR

20 20 27 27

34 34 PAIR 11 11 PAIR

19 19 26 26

33 33 PAIR 10 10 PAIR

18 18 25 25

32 32 PAIR 9 9 PAIR

17 17 24 24

31 31 PAIR 8 8 PAIR

16 16 7 7

NOTE

In Table 7-11, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shielding layerof the twisted pair cable.

InstallationThe two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable are connectedto the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards. The other end of the active/standby 75-ohmcoaxial cable is connected to the DDF in the equipment room and then to another NE throughtransmission equipment. The other end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable can also beconnected to another NE directly.

Figure 7-10 shows the installation positions of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables.

Figure 7-10 Installation positions of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cables

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 201: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

7.6 120-ohm Twisted Pair CableThe 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of trunk cable. It is optional. The number of 120-ohmtwisted pair cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. This cable connects theactive/standby AEUa/PEUa board to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1 signals.

AppearanceFigure 7-11 shows the 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

Figure 7-11 120-ohm twisted pair cable

(1) DB44 connector (2) Main label (identifying the code, version, and manufacturer ofthe cable)

(3) Label (identifying a twisted pair cable) (4) Metal case of the DB44 connector

The 120-ohm twisted pair cable has a DB44 connector only at one end. You need to add aconnector to the other end according to the actual requirements.

Pin AssignmentThe outer shielding layer of the 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the BSC6900 by themetal case of the DB44 connector. Table 7-12 describes the pin assignment of the DB44connector for the 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-15

Page 202: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 7-12 Pin assignment of the DB44 connector for the 120-ohm twisted pair cable

Pin ofDB44Connector

W1 Color Pin ofDB44Connector

W2 Color

Signal 120-OhmTwistedPairCableIdentifier

Signal 120-OhmTwistedPairCableIdentifier

38 Ring/R- R1 Blue 15 Ring/T- T1 Blue

23 Tip/R+ White 30 Tip/T+ White

37 Ring/R- R2 Orange 14 Ring/T- T2 Orange

22 Tip/R+ White 29 Tip/T+ White

36 Ring/R- R3 Green 13 Ring/T- T3 Green

21 Tip/R+ White 28 Tip/T+ White

35 Ring/R- R4 Brown 12 Ring/T- T4 Brown

20 Tip/R+ White 27 Tip/T+ White

34 Ring/R- R5 Grey 11 Ring/T- T5 Grey

19 Tip/R+ White 26 Tip/T+ White

33 Ring/R- R6 Blue 10 Ring/T- T6 Blue

18 Tip/R+ Red 25 Tip/T+ Red

32 Ring/R- R7 Orange 9 Ring/T- T7 Orange

17 Tip/R+ Red 24 Tip/T+ Red

31 Ring/R- R8 Green 8 Ring/T- T8 Green

16 Tip/R+ Red 7 Tip/T+ Red

Table 7-13 describes the bearers of the signals listed in Table 7-12.

Table 7-13 Bearers of the signals over the twisted pair cable

Signal Bearer

Ring/R- One core of the twisted pair cable for receiving E1/T1signals

Tip/R+ The other core of the twisted pair cable for receiving E1/T1signals

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 203: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Signal Bearer

Ring/T- One core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1signals

Tip/T+ The other core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1 signals

InstallationOne end of the 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the E1/T1 electrical port on the AEUa/PEUa board. The other end of the cable is connected to the DDF or other NEs.

7.7 Active/Standby 120-ohm Twisted Pair CableThe active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. It is optional. Thenumber of 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be installed depends on site requirements. This cableconnects the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards to the DDF or other NEs and transmits E1/T1 signals.

AppearanceFigure 7-12 shows the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

Figure 7-12 Active/Standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable

(1) DB44 connector (2) Metal case of the DB44 connector

(3) Label 1 (identifying a twisted pair cable) (4) Main label (identifying the code, version, and manufacturerof the cable)

(5) Label 2 (identifying a twisted pair cable)

The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable has two DB44 connectors only at one end. Youneed to add connectors to the other end according to the actual requirements.

Table 7-14 and Table 7-16 describe the pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-17

Page 204: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 7-14 Pin assignment of the DB44 connectors for W3 and W4

X1 W3 Color X1 W4 Color

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal Twisted PairCableIdentifier

Pin ofDB44Connector

Signal Twisted PairCableIdentifier

38 Ring/R- R1 Blue 15 Ring/R- T1 Blue

23 Tip/R+ White 30 Tip/R+ White

37 Ring/R- R2 Orange 14 Ring/R- T2 Orange

22 Tip/R+ White 29 Tip/R+ White

36 Ring/R- R3 Green 13 Ring/R- T3 Green

21 Tip/R+ White 28 Tip/R+ White

35 Ring/R- R4 Brown 12 Ring/R- T4 Brown

20 Tip/R+ White 27 Tip/R+ White

34 Ring/T- R5 Grey 11 Ring/T- T5 Grey

19 Tip/T+ White 26 Tip/T+ White

33 Ring/T- R6 Blue 10 Ring/T- T6 Blue

18 Tip/T+ Red 25 Tip/T+ Red

32 Ring/T- R7 Orange 9 Ring/T- T7 Orange

17 Tip/T+ Red 24 Tip/T+ Red

31 Ring/T- R8 Green 8 Ring/T- T8 Green

16 Tip/T+ Red 7 Tip/T+ Red

NOTE

In Table 7-14, R- and R+ stand for reception signals; T- and T+ stand for transmission signals.

Table 7-15 describes the bearers of the signals listed in Table 7-14.

Table 7-15 Bearers of the signals over the twisted pair cable

Signal Bearer

Ring/R- One core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1 signalsto the BSC6900

Tip/R+ The other core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1signals to the BSC6900

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-18 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 205: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Signal Bearer

Ring/T- One core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1 signalsfrom the BSC6900

Tip/T+ The other core of the twisted pair cable for transmitting E1/T1signals from the BSC6900

Table 7-16 Pin assignment of the connectors for W1 and W2

Twisted Pair Cable W2 Remarks Twisted Pair Cable W1 Remarks

Pin of X1Connector

Pin of X2Connector

Pin of X1Connector

Pin of X2Connector

38 38 PAIR 15 15 PAIR

23 23 30 30

37 37 PAIR 14 14 PAIR

22 22 29 29

36 36 PAIR 13 13 PAIR

21 21 28 28

35 35 PAIR 12 12 PAIR

20 20 27 27

34 34 PAIR 11 11 PAIR

19 19 26 26

33 33 PAIR 10 10 PAIR

18 18 25 25

32 32 PAIR 9 9 PAIR

17 17 24 24

31 31 PAIR 8 8 PAIR

16 16 7 7

NOTE

In Table 7-16, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shielding layerof the twisted pair cable.

InstallationThe two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable areconnected to the active and standby AEUa/PEUa boards. The other end of the active/standby

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-19

Page 206: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the DDF in the equipment room and then to anotherNE through transmission equipment. The other end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted paircable can also be connected to another NE directly.

Figure 7-13 shows the installation positions of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables.

Figure 7-13 Installation positions of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables

7.8 BITS Clock CableThe BITS clock cable is a type of clock signal cable. It is optional. The number of BITS clockcables to be installed depends on site requirements. This cable transmits the BITS clock signalsto the GCUa/GCGa board in the MPS. According to the impedance of the signal cables, theBITS clock signal cables are classified into 75-ohm coaxial clock cables and 120-ohm clockconversion cables.

Appearance

Figure 7-14 shows the 75-ohm coaxial clock cable.

Figure 7-14 75-ohm coaxial clock cable

(1) SMB connector (2) Label

Figure 7-15 shows the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-20 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 207: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-15 120-ohm clock conversion cable

(1) SMB connector 2Label

NOTE

The 120-ohm clock conversion cable has two SMB connectors at one end. Only one SMB connector isused, and the other SMB connector is bound to the wire bushing by using cable ties. Pay attention to theconnection when using the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

InstallationOne end of the BITS clock signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or the CLKIN1 port on theGCUa/GCGa board. The other end of the cable is connected to the BITS clock source.

Figure 7-16 shows the installation positions of the BITS clock signal cables.

Figure 7-16 Installation positions of the BITS clock signal cables

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-21

Page 208: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

7.9 Y-Shaped Clock CableThe Y-shaped clock cable is a type of clock signal cables. It is optional. The number of Y-shapedclock cables to be installed depends on the site requirements. This cable transmits the 8 kHzclock signals from the GCUa/GCGa board in the MPS to the SCUa board in the EPS.

NOTE

The Y-shaped clock cable is not required if the BSC6900 is configured with only one MPS and no EPS.

AppearanceFigure 7-17 shows the Y-shaped clock cable.

Figure 7-17 Y-shaped clock cable

(1) Label (identifying a pair of twisted pair cables) (2) RJ45 connector

InstallationThe RJ45 connector at one end of the Y-shaped clock cable is connected to the SCUa board inthe EPS. The two RJ45 connectors at the other end of the cable are connected to the active andstandby GCUa/GCGa boards in the MPS.

Figure 7-18 shows the installation positions of the Y-shaped clock cables.

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-22 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 209: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-18 Installation positions of the Y-shaped clock cables

7.10 Line Clock Signal CableThe line clock signal cable is optional. Two to four line clock signal cables can be installed totransmit the line clock signals which are received from the interface board of the EPS to theGCUa/GCGa board.

NOTE

When the interface board providing line clock signals is located in the MPS, the line clock signals are sentto the GCUa/GCGa board through the backplane of the subrack. In this case, the line clock signal cable isnot required.

Appearance

Figure 7-19 shows the line clock signal cable.

Figure 7-19 Line clock signal cable

(1) SMB connector

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-23

Page 210: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

InstallationOne end of the line clock signal cable is connected to the 2M0 or the 2M1 port on the interfaceboard. The other end of the signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or the CLKIN1 port on theGCUa/GCGa board.

7.11 Straight-Through CableThe straight-through cable is of two types: the shielded straight-through cable and the unshieldedstraight-through cable. The unshielded straight-through cable is used to connect the SCUa boardsin different subracks. The shielded straight-through cable is used to connect the FG2a/OMUa/FG2c board to other devices. The number of straight-through cables to be installed depends onthe site requirements.

AppearanceFigure 7-20 shows the shielded straight-through cable.

Figure 7-20 Shielded straight-through cable

NOTE

X1 and X2 are shielded RJ45 connectors at the two ends of the shielded straight-through cable.

Figure 7-21 shows the unshielded straight-through cable.

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-24 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 211: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-21 Unshielded straight-through cable

NOTE

X1 and X2 are unshielded RJ45 connectors at the two ends of the unshielded straight-through cable.

Pin AssignmentTable 7-17 describes the pins in the RJ45 connectors at the two ends of the shielded straight-through cable and the unshielded straight-through cable.

Table 7-17 Pins of the straight-through cable

X1 End Wire Color X2 End Wire Color

X1-1 White and orange X2-1 White and orange

X1-2 Orange X2-2 Orange

X1-3 White and green X2-3 White and green

X1-4 Blue X2-4 Blue

X1-5 White and blue X2-5 White and blue

X1-6 Green X2-6 Green

X1-7 White and brown X2-7 White and brown

X1-8 Brown X2-8 Brown

Installationl When the unshielded straight-through cable is used to connect the SCUa boards in different

subracks, the RJ45 connectors at the two ends of the cable are connected to the SCUa boardsthat are located in different subracks, as shown in Figure 7-22.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-25

Page 212: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-22 Installation positions of the unshielded straight-through cables between theSCUa boards in different subracks

l When the shielded straight-through cable is used to connect the OMUa board to other

devices, the RJ45 connector at one end of the cable is connected to ETH0 or ETH1 on theOMUa board, and the RJ45 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to theEthernet port on the other devices.

l When the shielded straight-through cable is used to connect the FG2a/FG2c board to otherdevices, the RJ45 connector at one end of the cable is connected to an Ethernet port on theFG2a/FG2c board, and the RJ45 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to theEthernet port on the other devices.

7.12 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent FanSubrack

The monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack transmits monitoring signals to theservice subracks.

AppearanceFigure 7-23 shows the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.

Figure 7-23 Monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-26 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 213: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

The monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack has a DB9 connector at one endand a DB15 connector at the other end.

Table 7-18 describes the pins of the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.

Table 7-18 Pins of the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack

Start End Description Remarks

X1.1 X2.7 Tx+ Twisted pair

X1.2 X2.6 Tx-

X1.3 X2.3 Rx+ Twisted pair

X1.4 X2.2 Rx-

X1.5 X2.5 GND -

X1.SHELL X2.SHELL - X1.SHELL isconnected toX2.SHELL throughthe shielding layer.

Table 7-19 describes the signals listed in Table 7-18.

Table 7-19 Signals

Signal Signal Description

Tx+ Positive phase signal transmitted

Tx- Negative phase signal transmitted

Rx+ Positive phase signal received

Rx- Negative phase signal received

InstallationThe DB15 connector at one end of the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrackis connected to the MONITOR 0 port on the independent fan subrack. The DB9 connector atthe other end of the cable is connected to the Monitor port on the bottom subrack.

NOTE

When a cabinet is configured with multiple subracks, you should configure the subracks from bottom totop. Therefore, the monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack is always connected to thebottom subrack in the cabinet.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-27

Page 214: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

7.13 Alarm Box Signal CableThe alarm box signal cable is a type of signal cable available in different specifications. Youcan choose one based on actual requirements. The alarm box signal cable is used to send thealarm information to the alarm box for audible and visual display.

Appearance

The connectors of the alarm box signal cable are of two types: DB9 and DB25. The actual typemust be consistent with that in the Site Survey Report. The following takes an alarm box signalcable with the DB9 connector as an example.

Figure 7-24 shows an alarm box signal cable.

Figure 7-24 Alarm box signal cable

Pin Assignment

Table 7-20 describes the pins of the alarm box signal cable.

Table 7-20 Pins of the alarm box signal cable

RJ45 DB9

3 5

5 2

6 3

Installation

The RJ45 connector at one end of the alarm box signal cable is connected to the input serial porton the alarm box. The DB9/DB25 connector at the other end of the cable is connected to theserial port on the LMT.

Figure 7-25 shows the connection of the alarm box signal cable.

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-28 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 215: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 7-25 Connection of the alarm box signal cable

7.14 Monitoring Signal Cable for the Power DistributionBox

The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box transmits monitoring signals fromthe power distribution to the subracks through the independent fan subrack.

AppearanceFigure 7-26 shows the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box.

Figure 7-26 Monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box

The monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box has a DB9 connector at one end anda DB15 connector at the other end.

Table 7-21 describes the pins of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box.

Table 7-21 Pins of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box

Start End Description Remarks

X1.1 X2.3 Tx+ Twisted pair

X1.2 X2.2 Tx-

X1.3 X2.7 Rx+ Twisted pair

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-29

Page 216: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Start End Description Remarks

X1.4 X2.6 Rx-

X1.5 X2.5 RTN -

X1.SHELL X2.SHELL - X1.SHELL isconnected toX2.SHELL throughthe shielding layer.

Table 7-22 describes the signals listed in Table 7-21.

Table 7-22 Signals

Signal Signal Description

Tx+ Positive phase signal transmitted

Tx- Negative phase signal transmitted

Rx+ Positive phase signal received

Rx- Negative phase signal received

InstallationThe DB15 connector at one end of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box isconnected to the corresponding port on the power distribution box. The DB9 connector at theother end of the cable is connected to the MONITOR 1 port on the independent fan subrack.

Figure 7-27 shows the installation position of the monitoring signal cable for the powerdistribution box.

Figure 7-27 Installation position of the monitoring signal cable for the power distribution box

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-30 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 217: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

7.15 GPS Signal Transmission CableThe GPS signal transmission cable is optional. It is used to transmit the GPS clock signals tothe GCGa board where the clock signals are processed and then provided for the system to use.

AppearanceFigure 7-28 shows the GPS signal transmission cable.

Figure 7-28 GPS signal transmission cable

X1: SMA male connector X2: N-type female connector X3: N-type male connector

InstallationConnect the N-type female connector of a 1-meter-long cable to the N-type male connector ofa 2.5-meter-long cable to join the two cables into a 3.5-meter-long GPS signal transmissioncable. The SMA male connector at one end of the GPS signal transmission cable is connectedto port ANT on the panel of the GCGa board. The N-type female connector at the other end ofthe cable is connected to port Protect on the surge protector at the cabinet top.

7.16 OMU serial port cableThe OMU serial port cable is used to connect the OMU to the local maintenance terminal.

AppearanceFigure 7-29 shows the OMU serial port cable.

Figure 7-29 OMU serial port cable

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-31

Page 218: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Pin Assignment

Both ends of the OMU serial port cable should use DB9 female connectors. Table 7-23 lists thepins of the OMU serial port cable.

Table 7-23 Pins of the OMU serial port cable

DB9 DB9

2 3

3 2

5 5

Installation Position

One end of the OMU serial port cable is connected to the COM serial port on the OMU. Theother end of the OMU serial port cable is connected to the serial port on the local maintenanceterminal.

NOTEThe OMU serial port cable is used for commissioning purpose only. It is not involved in routine installation.

7.17 EMU RS485 Communication CableThe EMU RS485 communication cable is used to transmit signals between the BSC6900 andthe EMU.

Appearance

Figure 7-30 shows the RS485 communication cable.

Figure 7-30 RS485 communication cable

Pin Assignment

Table 7-24 describes the pins of the RS485 communication cable.

7 CablesBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

7-32 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 219: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 7-24 Pins of the RS485 communication cable

RJ45 DB9

4 2

1 3

5 6

2 7

InstallationThe DB9 male connector at one end of the RS485 communication cable is connected to the DB9female connector on the environment monitoring device. The RJ45 connector at the other endof the cable is connected to J1 port on the power distribution box.

NOTE

One environment monitoring device is delivered with one RS485 signal cable (10 m) and one RS232 signalcable (2 m). Choose one signal cable based on the actual requirements. The RS485 signal cable isrecommended. Use the Ethernet cable as a substitute if the length of the delivered signal cable is notsufficient.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 7 Cables

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-33

Page 220: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)
Page 221: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

8 LEDs on the Boards

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the LEDs on the BSC6900 boards.

8.1 LEDs on the AEUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the AEUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.2 LEDs on the AOUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the AOUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.3 LEDs on the AOUc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the AOUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

8.4 LEDs on the DPUb BoardThere are three LEDs on the DPUb board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.5 LEDs on the DPUe BoardThere are three LEDs on the DPUe board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.6 LEDs on the FG2a BoardAmong all the LEDs on the FG2a board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the FG2aboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

8.7 LEDs on the FG2c BoardAmong all the LEDs on the FG2c board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the FG2cboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

8.8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa BoardThere are three LEDs on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.9 LEDs on the GOUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the GOUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.10 LEDs on the GOUc BoardThere are five types of LEDs on the GOUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (optical port LED),and ACT (optical port LED).

8.11 LEDs on the OMUa Board

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-1

Page 222: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

There are five types of LEDs on the OMUa board: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.

8.12 LEDs on the PAMU BoardThere are two LEDs on the PAMU board: RUN and ALM.

8.13 LEDs on the PEUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the PEUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.14 LEDs on the POUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the POUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.15 LEDs on the POUc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the POUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

8.16 LEDs on the SCUa BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SCUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SCUaboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

8.17 LEDs on the SPUa BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SPUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUbboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

8.18 LEDs on the SPUb BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SPUb board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUbboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

8.19 LEDs on the UOIa BoardThere are three LEDs on the UOIa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

8.20 LEDs on the UOIc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the UOIc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

8 LEDs on the BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

8-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 223: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

8.1 LEDs on the AEUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the AEUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-1 describes the LEDs on the AEUa board.

Table 8-1 LEDs on the AEUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

8.2 LEDs on the AOUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the AOUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-2 describes the LEDs on the AOUa board.

Table 8-2 LEDs on the AOUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-3

Page 224: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

8.3 LEDs on the AOUc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the AOUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 8-3 describes the LEDs on the AOUc board.

Table 8-3 LEDs on the AOUc board

LED Color

Status Description

RUN Green

ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green

ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LOS Green

ON The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.

OFF The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.

8.4 LEDs on the DPUb BoardThere are three LEDs on the DPUb board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-4 describes the LEDs on the DPUb board.

8 LEDs on the BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

8-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 225: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 8-4 LEDs on the DPUb board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

8.5 LEDs on the DPUe BoardThere are three LEDs on the DPUe board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-5 describes the LEDs on the DPUe board.

Table 8-5 LEDs on the DPUe board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode, or theboard is disconnected.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-5

Page 226: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

8.6 LEDs on the FG2a BoardAmong all the LEDs on the FG2a board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the FG2aboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 8-6 describes the LEDs on the FG2a board.

Table 8-6 LEDs on the FG2a board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Green OFF There is no datatransmission over theEthernet port.

Blinking There is data transmissionover the Ethernet port.

8.7 LEDs on the FG2c BoardAmong all the LEDs on the FG2c board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the FG2cboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 8-7 describes the LEDs on the FG2c board.

8 LEDs on the BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

8-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 227: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 8-7 LEDs on the FG2c board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Orange OFF There is no datatransmission over theEthernet port.

Blinking There is data transmissionover the Ethernet port.

8.8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa BoardThere are three LEDs on the panel of the GCUa/GCGa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-8 describes the LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board.

Table 8-8 LEDs on the GCUa/GCGa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but theboard is faulty.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-7

Page 228: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

8.9 LEDs on the GOUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the GOUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-9 describes the LEDs on the GOUa board.

Table 8-9 LEDs on the GOUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

8.10 LEDs on the GOUc BoardThere are five types of LEDs on the GOUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (optical port LED),and ACT (optical port LED).

Table 8-10 describes the LEDs on the GOUc board.

8 LEDs on the BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

8-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 229: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 8-10 LEDs on the GOUc board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

LINK (opticalport LED)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (opticalport LED)

Green OFF There is no datatransmission over theEthernet port.

Blinking There is data transmissionover the Ethernet port.

8.11 LEDs on the OMUa BoardThere are five types of LEDs on the OMUa board: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.

Table 8-11 describes the LEDs on the OMUa board.

Table 8-11 LEDs on the OMUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is being started.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-9

Page 230: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode, or theboard is disconnected.

OFFLINE Blue ON The board can be removed.

OFF The board cannot be removed.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is being switched over tothe other working mode.

HD Green OFF There is no read or write operationon the hard disk.

Blinking The hard disk is being read orwritten.

8.12 LEDs on the PAMU BoardThere are two LEDs on the PAMU board: RUN and ALM.

Table 8-12 describes the LEDs on the PAMU board.

Table 8-12 LEDs on the PAMU board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for1s

The PAMU board is functional andcommunicates with the SCUa boardproperly.

ON for 0.25s and OFFfor 0.25s

The PAMU board is faulty or it does notcommunicate with the SCUa boardproperly.

OFF The power supply to the PAMU boardis abnormal or the power distributionbox does not work properly.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON The power distribution box is faulty.During the self-check of the PAMUboard, however, the ALM LED is alsoON. This indicates that the ALM LEDis functional.

8 LEDs on the BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

8-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 231: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

8.13 LEDs on the PEUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the PEUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-13 describes the LEDs on the PEUa board.

Table 8-13 LEDs on the PEUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

8.14 LEDs on the POUa BoardThere are three LEDs on the POUa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-14 describes the LEDs on the POUa board.

Table 8-14 LEDs on the POUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-11

Page 232: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

8.15 LEDs on the POUc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the POUc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 8-15 describes the LEDs on the POUc board.

Table 8-15 LEDs on the POUc board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LOS Green ON The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.

OFF The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.

8.16 LEDs on the SCUa BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SCUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SCUaboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 8-16 describes the LEDs on the SCUa board.

8 LEDs on the BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

8-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 233: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 8-16 LEDs on the SCUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Green OFF There is no datatransmission over theEthernet port.

Blinking There is data transmissionover the Ethernet port.

8.17 LEDs on the SPUa BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SPUa board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUbboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 8-17 describes the LEDs on the SPUa board.

Table 8-17 LEDs on the SPUa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-13

Page 234: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Green OFF There is no data transmission overthe Ethernet port.

Blinking There is data transmission over theEthernet port.

8.18 LEDs on the SPUb BoardAmong all the LEDs on the SPUb board, RUN, ALM, and ACT indicate the status of the SPUbboard, and other LEDs indicate the status of Ethernet ports. There are two LEDs at each Ethernetport: LINK and ACT.

Table 8-18 describes the LEDs on the SPUb board.

Table 8-18 LEDs on the SPUb board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFFfor 0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or theboard is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

8 LEDs on the BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

8-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 235: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

LED Color Status Description

LINK (at theEthernet port)

Green ON The link is well connected.

OFF The link is disconnected.

ACT (at theEthernet port)

Orange OFF There is no data transmission overthe Ethernet port.

Blinking There is data transmission over theEthernet port.

8.19 LEDs on the UOIa BoardThere are three LEDs on the UOIa board: RUN, ALM, and ACT.

Table 8-19 describes the LEDs on the UOIa board.

Table 8-19 LEDs on the UOIa board

LED Color Status Description

RUN Green ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loadingstate.

ON There is power supply, butthe board is faulty.

OFF There is no power supply,or the board is faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green ON The board is in activemode.

OFF The board is in standbymode.

8.20 LEDs on the UOIc BoardThere are four types of LEDs on the UOIc board: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.

Table 8-20 describes the LEDs on the UOIc board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 8 LEDs on the Boards

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-15

Page 236: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 8-20 LEDs on the UOIc board

LED Color

Status Description

RUN Green

ON for 1s and OFF for 1s The board is functional.

ON for 0.125s and OFF for0.125s

The board is in loading state.

ON There is power supply, but the boardis faulty.

OFF There is no power supply, or the boardis faulty.

ALM Red OFF There is no alarm.

ON or blinking There is a fault alarm.

ACT Green

ON The board is in active mode.

OFF The board is in standby mode.

LOS Green

ON The STM-1 port does not receivesignals properly.

OFF The STM-1 port receives signalsproperly.

8 LEDs on the BoardsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

8-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 237: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

9 DIP Switches on Components

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the DIP switches on the boards and subracks of the BSC6900.

9.1 DIP Switch on the SubrackThe DIP switch on a subrack is used to set the number of the subrack.

9.2 DIP Switches on the AEUa BoardThe AEUa board provides five DIP switches, namely, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

9.3 DIP Switches on the AOUa BoardThe AOUa board provides two DIP switches, both of which are labeled S1. The two DIP switchesare used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.

9.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU BoardThe PAMU provides an SW1 DIP switch.

9.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa BoardThe PEUa board provides five DIP switches, namely, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

9.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU BoardThe PFCU board has one DIP switch, which is named SW1 and consists of four bits. The DIPswitch is used to set the address of the PFCU board. When the PFCU board is configured in afan box of the service subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 1. When the PFCU boardis configured in the independent fan subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 4.

9.7 Pins on the PFCB BoardThe PFCB board provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers,these pins are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB board. The settings of thesepins depend on the installation position of the PFCB board.

9.8 DIP Switches on the POUa BoardThe POUa board provides two DIP switches, both of which are labeled S1. The two DIP switchesare used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-1

Page 238: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

9.1 DIP Switch on the SubrackThe DIP switch on a subrack is used to set the number of the subrack.

Location of the DIP SwitchThe DIP switch is located on the lower back of the subrack. For details on the location of theDIP switch, see 5.2 Components of the Subrack.

AppearanceFigure 9-1 shows the cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack.

Figure 9-1 Cover plate for the DIP switch on the subrack

Description about the DIP SwitchThe DIP switch on the subrack has eight bits numbered in ascending order from 1 to 8. Thehigher the bit is, the more significant it is. Table 9-1 describes the bits.

9 DIP Switches on ComponentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

9-2 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 239: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 9-1 Description about the bits

Bit Description

1-5 Bits 1 to 5 are used for setting the subrack number. Bit 1 is theleast significant bit. If the bit is set to ON, it indicates 0. If the bitis set to OFF, it indicates 1.

6 Odd parity check bit

7 Reserved, undefined, generally set to ON

8 (the most significantbit)

Reserved

Principle of the DIP Switch Setting

As the DIP switch uses odd parity check, the number of 1s in the eight bits must be an oddnumber. The method for setting the bits is as follows:

1. Set bit 1 to bit 5 as required.2. Set bit 7 to ON.3. Check the number of 1s in the seven bits of the DIP switch. Note that the setting of bit 8

remains unchanged.l If the number of 1s is even, set bit 6 to OFF.l If the number of 1s is odd, set bit 6 to ON.

Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 2 and that bit 8 is set to OFF. Table 9-2describes the setting of the DIP switch in the case.

Table 9-2 Setting of the DIP switch

SubrackNo.

Bit Setting of the DIPSwitch

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF

1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1

OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF

2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1

ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF

9.2 DIP Switches on the AEUa BoardThe AEUa board provides five DIP switches, namely, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-3

Page 240: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Layout of the DIP SwitchesFigure 9-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board.

Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the AEUa board

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

9 DIP Switches on ComponentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

9-4 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 241: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l All DIP switches are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panel is combined with the bottomplate, so the DIP switches are not exposed.

l DIP switches S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10 are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-2, there are twosquare holes between DIP switches, one between S2 and S4, and the other between S8 and S6. Throughthe two holes, you can set S2, S4, S8, and S6. DIP switch S10 is located in the right corner of the sub-board, and thus you can set S10 along the side. The direction of the arrow in Figure 9-2 is to turninwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, or S8 to ON, turn them inwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, orS8 to OFF, turn them outwards. To set the bits of S10 to ON, turn them outwards. To set the bits ofS10 to OFF, turn them inwards.

l You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to set S10. If there is any inconsistency betweenthe physical setting of S10 on the AEUa board and the setting of S10 by command, take the setting bycommand as the criterion. By default, the working mode of S10 is set to E1. You can also run the SETE1T1 command on the LMT to change the working mode of S10 from E1 mode to E1 balanced mode,E1 unbalanced mode, or T1 mode. When you run the SET E1T1 command to set the support forbalanced and unbalanced modes parameter to No and set the working mode of S10 to E1, you mustalso manually set the bits of S10 to set the working mode of S10 to E1 balanced mode or E1 unbalancedmode.

l If signals are transmitted in E1 unbalanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 75-ohm coaxialcable and the TX end of the cable is grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to ON. If signalsare transmitted in E1(T1) balanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 120-ohm twisted paircable and the TX end of the cable is not grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to OFF.

Description of the DIP Switches

DIP switches S2, S4, S6, and S8 on the AEUa board are used to enable or disable the groundingof 0 to 31 E1s/T1/J1s at the TX end. DIP switch S10 is used to set the working mode to E1balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode, T1 mode, or J1 mode. Table 9-3 describes S2, S4, S6,S8, and S10.

Table 9-3 Description of the DIP switches on the AEUa board

DIP Switch Bit Description Setting ofDIP Bit

Meaning

S2 1-8 TX ground switchof E1s/T1s/J1s 24to 31

ON Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

OFF Set the working modeto other modes

S4 1-8 TX ground switchof E1s/T1s/J1s 16to 23

ON Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

OFF Set the working modeto other modes

S6 1-8 TX ground switchof E1s/T1s/J1s 0to 7

ON Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

OFF Set the working modeto other modes

S8 1-8 TX ground switchof E1s/T1s/J1s 8to 15

ON Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-5

Page 242: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

DIP Switch Bit Description Setting ofDIP Bit

Meaning

OFF Set the working modeto other modes

S10 1-2 DIP switch forsetting theworking mode,consisting of twobits

(ON, ON) Set the working modeto E1 unbalanced mode

(OFF, ON) Set the working modeto E1 balanced mode

(ON, OFF) Set the working modeto T1 mode

(OFF, OFF) Set the working modeto J1 mode

NOTE

All the DIP switches are set to E1 balanced mode by default, that is, all the bits of S2, S4, S6, and S8 areset to OFF. For S10, the first bit is set to OFF, and the second bit to ON.

9.3 DIP Switches on the AOUa BoardThe AOUa board provides two DIP switches, both of which are labeled S1. The two DIP switchesare used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.

Layout of the DIP SwitchesFigure 9-3 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board.

9 DIP Switches on ComponentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

9-6 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 243: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 9-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the AOUa board

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

CAUTIONAll DIP switches of the AOUa board are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panel isfaced to and combined with the bottom plate, and so the DIP switches are hidden in between.

Description of the DIP Switches

Table 9-4 describes the DIP switches on the AOUa board.

Table 9-4 Description of the DIP switches on the AOUa board

DIP Switch Bit Setting ofDIP Bit

Meaning

S1 1-2 (ON, ON) Set loading mode to JTAG configuration

(OFF, OFF) Set loading mode to CPU slave parallelconfiguration

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-7

Page 244: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

DIP Switch Bit Setting ofDIP Bit

Meaning

3 ON Set working mode to T1 mode

OFF Set working mode to E1 mode

4 ON Set the mapped path to AU3

OFF Set the mapped path to AU4

5 ON Set the information structure to TU11

OFF Set the information structure to TU12

6 ON SONET

OFF SDH

7 - Reserved

8 - Reserved

NOTE

All the bits of the two DIP switches are set to OFF by default.

9.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU BoardThe PAMU provides an SW1 DIP switch.

Figure 9-4 shows the layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board.

Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switch on the PAMU board

With four bits, the DIP switch SW1 is used to set the address of the PAMU board.

To set the address, first remove the PAMU board and then set the SW1 as described in Table9-5.

9 DIP Switches on ComponentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

9-8 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 245: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 9-5 DIP switch on the PAMU board

Address Bit Setting of DIP Bit Description

0 1 (the most significantbit)

ON 0

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the least significantbit)

ON 0

NOTE

In the BSC6900, the DIP switch on the PAMU board must be set as described in Table 9-5.

9.5 DIP Switches on the PEUa BoardThe PEUa board provides five DIP switches, namely, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

Figure 9-5 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-9

Page 246: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 9-5 Layout of the DIP switches on the PEUa board

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

9 DIP Switches on ComponentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

9-10 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 247: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

NOTE

l All DIP switches are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panel is combined with the bottomplate, so the DIP switches are not exposed.

l DIP switches S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10 are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-5, there are twosquare holes between DIP switches, one between S2 and S4, and the other between S8 and S6. Throughthe two holes, you can set S2, S4, S8, and S6. DIP switch S10 is located in the right corner of the sub-board, and thus you can set S10 along the side. The direction of the arrow in Figure 9-5 is to turninwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, or S8 to ON, turn them inwards. To set the bits of S2, S4, S6, orS8 to OFF, turn them outwards. To set the bits of S10 to ON, turn them outwards. To set the bits ofS10 to OFF, turn them inwards.

l You can also run the SET E1T1 command on the LMT to set S10. If there is any inconsistency betweenthe physical setting of S10 on the PEUa board and the setting of S10 by command, take the setting bycommand as the criterion. By default, the working mode of S10 is set to E1. You can also run the SETE1T1 command on the LMT to change the working mode of S10 from E1 mode to E1 balanced mode,E1 unbalanced mode, or T1 mode. When you run the SET E1T1 command to set the support forbalanced and unbalanced modes parameter to No and set the working mode of S10 to E1, you mustalso manually set the bits of S10 to set the working mode of S10 to E1 balanced mode or E1 unbalancedmode.

l If signals are transmitted in E1 unbalanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 75-ohm coaxialcable and the TX end of the cable is grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to ON. If signalsare transmitted in E1(T1) balanced mode, the signals are transmitted through the 120-ohm twisted paircable and the TX end of the cable is not grounded, that is, the corresponding DIP bit is set to OFF.

DIP switches S2, S4, S6, and S8 on the PEUa board are used to enable or disable the groundingof 0 to 31 E1s/T1s/J1s at the TX end. DIP switch S10 is used to set the working mode to E1balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode, T1 mode, or J1 mode. Table 9-6 describes the DIPswitches on the PEUa board.

Table 9-6 Description about DIP switches on the PEUa board

DIPSwitch

Bit Description Setting of DIPSwitch

Meaning

S2 1-8 TX ground switch ofE1s/T1s/J1s 24 to 31

ON Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

OFF Setting theworking mode toother modes

S4 1-8 TX ground switch ofE1s/T1s/J1s 16 to 23

ON Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

OFF Setting theworking mode toother modes

S6 1-8 TX ground switch ofE1s/T1s/J1s 0 to 7

ON Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-11

Page 248: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

DIPSwitch

Bit Description Setting of DIPSwitch

Meaning

OFF Setting theworking mode toother modes

S8 1-8 TX ground switch ofE1s/T1s/J1s 8 to 15

ON Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

OFF Setting theworking mode toother modes

S10 1-2 DIP switch for setting theworking mode,consisting of two bits

(ON, ON) Setting theworking mode toE1 unbalancedmode

(OFF, ON) Setting theworking mode toE1 balancedmode

(ON, OFF) Setting theworking mode toT1 mode

(OFF, OFF) Setting theworking mode toJ1 mode

NOTE

All the DIP switches are set to E1 balanced mode by default, that is, all the bits of S2, S4, S6, and S8 areset to OFF. For S10, the first bit is set to OFF, and the second bit to ON.

9.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU BoardThe PFCU board has one DIP switch, which is named SW1 and consists of four bits. The DIPswitch is used to set the address of the PFCU board. When the PFCU board is configured in afan box of the service subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 1. When the PFCU boardis configured in the independent fan subrack, the address of the PFCU board is set to 4.

DIP Switch on the PFCU Board (in a Fan Box of the service subrack)Figure 9-6 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU board.

9 DIP Switches on ComponentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

9-12 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 249: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 9-6 DIP switch on the PFCU board

To set the address of the PFCU board, remove the fan box, and then set SW1 as described inTable 9-7. For how to remove the fan box, see Replacing the Fan Box. After setting the DIPswitch, the address of the PFCU board is 1.

Table 9-7 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in a fan box of the service subrack)

DIP Switch Bit Setting of DIPSwitch

Description

SW1 1 (the least significantbit)

OFF 1

2 ON 0

3 ON 0

4 (the most significantbit)

ON 0

DIP Switch on the PFCU Board (in the Independent Fan Subrack)Figure 9-7 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU board.

Figure 9-7 DIP switch on the PFCU board

To set the address of the PFCU board, remove the fan box, and then set SW1 as described inTable 9-8. For how to remove the fan box, see Replacing the Fan Box. After the setting, theaddress of the PFCU board is 4.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-13

Page 250: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Table 9-8 DIP switch on the PFCU board (in the independent fan subrack)

DIP Switch Bit Setting of DIPSwitch

Description

SW1 1 (the least significantbit)

ON 0

2 ON 0

3 OFF 1

4 (the most significantbit)

ON 0

NOTE

The DIP switch on the PFCU board of the BSC6900 must be set according to the preceding descriptions.

9.7 Pins on the PFCB BoardThe PFCB board provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers,these pins are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB board. The settings of thesepins depend on the installation position of the PFCB board.

Pins on the PFCB Board (in a Fan Box of the service subrack)Figure 9-8 shows the pins on the PFCB board.

Figure 9-8 Pins on the PFCB board

To set the address of the PFCB board, first remove the fan box and then set the pins as describedin Table 9-9.

Table 9-9 Pins on the PFCB board (in a fan box of the service subrack)

PinNumber

1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16

Connected tojumper

No No No No Yes No No No

9 DIP Switches on ComponentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

9-14 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 251: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Pins on the PFCB Board (in the Independent Fan Subrack)Figure 9-9 shows the pins on the PFCB board.

Figure 9-9 Pins on the PFCB board

To set the address of the PFCB board, first remove the fan box and then set the pins as describedin Table 9-10.

Table 9-10 Pins on the PFCB board (in the independent fan subrack)

PinNumber

1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16

Connected tojumper

No No No No No No Yes No

NOTE

The pins on the PFCB board of the BSC6900 must be set according to the preceding descriptions.

9.8 DIP Switches on the POUa BoardThe POUa board provides two DIP switches, both of which are labeled S1. The two DIP switchesare used to set the mode of the two STM-1/OC-3 optical ports.

Layout of the DIP SwitchesFigure 9-10 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-15

Page 252: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

Figure 9-10 Layout of the DIP switches on the POUa board

(1) Sub-board (2) Bottom plate

9 DIP Switches on ComponentsBSC6900 UMTS

Hardware Description

9-16 Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-07-30)

Page 253: BSC6900 UMTS Hardware Description(V900R012C01_03)

CAUTIONAll the DIP switches on the POUa board are on the front panel of the sub-board. The front panelis faced to and combined with the bottom plate, and so the DIP switches are hidden in between.

Description of the DIP SwitchesTable 9-11 describes the DIP switches on the POUa board.

Table 9-11 Description of the DIP switches on the POUa board

DIP Switch Bit Setting of DIP Bit Meaning

S1 1-2 (ON, ON) Setting loading modeto JTAG configuration

(OFF, OFF) Setting loading modeto CPU slave parallelconfiguration

3 ON Setting working modeto T1 mode

OFF Setting working modeto E1 mode

4 ON Setting the mappedpath to AU3

OFF Setting the mappedpath to AU4

5 ON Setting theinformation structureto TU11

OFF Setting theinformation structureto TU12

6 ON SONET

OFF SDH

7 - Reserved

8 - Reserved

NOTE

All the bits of the two DIP switches are set to OFF by default.

BSC6900 UMTSHardware Description 9 DIP Switches on Components

Issue 03 (2010-07-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-17